Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Prosperity Bancshares

Prosperity Bancshares

pb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2004 Annual Report · Prosperity Bancshares
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Contents

Vision  & Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Letter to our Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Financial Highlights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

A Picture of Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

By the Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Form 10-K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Directors & Executives . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® Board of Directors

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® Officers

Prosperity Bank® Board of Directors

Prosperity Bank® Executive Committee

Investor Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Cover

Our

Vision...

Provide our customers with a quality of

product and service that will meet or

exceed their expectations!

Our

Mission...

• Smile

• Greet the Customer by Name

• Try to say “YES” instead of no!

1

To our shareholders, customers and friends:

Without question, 2004 was the most successful year in 

our history with net income reaching $34.7 million. This 

represents an increase of $8.2 million or 30.70 percent when

compared with 2003. Earnings per fully diluted share were

$1.59 and were 16.90 percent higher than 2003.  

We acquired two of the three remaining independent banks

in Travis County, Texas, adding seven full-service banking

centers, bringing our total banking centers to 58 in the

Houston, Dallas, Victoria and Austin areas.  

The acquisitions of Village Bank and Trust and Liberty

Bank in Austin give us the opportunity to compete effectively

with other major banks in the Austin area.  

In addition to theses two acquisitions, we announced the

signing of a definitive agreement to acquire First Capital

Bankers, Inc. and its Corpus Christi, Texas-based subsidiary

bank, FirstCapital Bank, ssb. At the end of December, First

Ned S. Holmes
Chairman of the Board

David Zalman
President & Chief Executive Officer

Capital Bankers had total assets of $761.6 million, loans of $499.0 million, deposits of $629.6 million and 

shareholders’ equity of $61.7 million.  

Immediately following the acquisition of First Capital Bankers, Inc., we will have a total of eighty-five banking 

centers: Seven in the Austin area, sixteen in the Corpus Christi area, eleven in the Dallas area, thirty-three in the

Houston CMSA and eighteen in the fifteen contiguous counties south and southwest of Houston. 

Internal Loan Growth

Two thousand and four saw a return to our historical internal “same store” growth levels. That is to say, 

organically, loans grew 9.90 percent for the year. We ended the year with lenders in each of our 58 

banking centers with the authority to meet our customers’ and prospects’ borrowing needs. This positions 

us well for 2005.   

2

$100,000 invested in PRSP at 
IPO on 11/12/1998 was worth 
$516,410 on 12/31/2004

Our Stock Performance for 2004

(percent)

Our shareholders are focused on stock perform-

ance. The adjacent graph reflects the value of

$100,000 invested in 1998 at year-end 2004. 

Our stock has out performed both the 

NASDAQ Bank Index and the Russell 3000 on 

a continuous basis since May of 2001.

The Economy and the Unknowns

Source:  CRSP, Center for Research in Security Prices, Graduate School of Business, The University of Chicago 2004.
Used with permission. All rights reserved. www.crsp.com. SNL Financial LC © 2004

Texas, along with the rest of the country, continues its economic recovery. The price of oil and natural gas provide

added impetus for our recovery. We expect net job growth to continue in the three major metropolitan areas we now

serve, Austin, Houston and Dallas. We also anticipate net job growth in the Corpus Christi area.  

While we expect a rising interest rate environment throughout 2005, the economic indicators are positive in each of

our sub-markets.

Conclusion

As in prior years, throughout 2004, earnings per share, growth and asset quality were paramount. These will remain

major initiatives in 2005 as we integrate FirstCapital Bank. 

We continue to look for acquisition opportunities that will add shareholder value while broadening and deepening

our penetration of the many Texas markets we now serve. We strive to provide a strong and consistent performance

rooted in a strategy of expanding our customer base while maintaining solid asset quality and cost controls.  

Over the period 2000 through 2004 we have delivered a compound annual growth rate of 23.85 percent in assets,

26.00 percent in loans, 22.36 percent in deposits and 34.20 percent in net income.

Throughout 2005 we will be mindful of these accomplishments as we continue to execute our proven business strategy.  

Ned S. Holmes
Chairman of the Board

David Zalman
President & Chief Executive Officer

3

Financial Highlights 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Restated for the period 2000 through 2001, 
pursuant to the Pooling of Interests resulting 
from the acquisition of Commercial Bancshares 
and its subsidiary, Heritage Bank.

Net Income (In 000’s)

Return on Average Assets

Return on Average Shareholders' Equity

Net Interest Margin (Tax Equivalent)

Efficiency Ratio

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

$  10,701 

$  12,958 

$  21,321 

$  26,548

$  34,707 

1.02%

14.67%

3.56%

62.29%

1.09%

15.19%

3.71%

60.14%

20.73%

1.45%

18.66%

4.00%

50.36%

28.16%

1.32%

15.60%

3.64%

51.58%

29.94%

1.36%

14.27%

3.63%

49.23%

33.41%

Return on Average Tangible Shareholders' Equity

20.32%

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING (IN 000’S) (A)

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Basic

16,064

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Diluted

16,454

16,172

16,498

17,122

17,442

19,225

19,536

21,534

21,804

PER SHARE (A)

Net Income (Diluted)

Book Value at Year-End

Cash Dividends Declared

CAPITAL RATIOS

Equity to Assets Ratio

Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio

Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio

Total Risk Based Capital Ratio

Leverage Ratio

BALANCE SHEET DATA (YEAR-END) (IN 000’S)

Loans

Securities

Deposits

Shareholders' Equity

Total Assets

$  0.65 

$  0.79 

$  1.22 

4.98 

0.18 

5.47 

0.20 

8.19 

0.22 

$  1.36

10.49

0.25 

$  1.59 

12.32 

0.31 

7.01%

5.02%

13.80%

14.93%

6.17%

7.02%

5.33%

18.34%

19.52%

7.57%

8.49%

4.70%

14.10%

15.30%

6.56%

9.15%

4.17%

15.82%

16.90%

7.10%

10.22%

4.38%

13.56%

14.67%

6.30%

$  411,203 

$  424,400 

$  679,559 

$  770,053  $  1,035,513 

586,952

752,322

950,317

1,376,880

1,302,792 

1,033,546 

1,123,397

1,586,611

2,083,748

2,317,076 

80,333

88,725

154,739

219,588

275,647 

1,146,520

1,263,169

1,823,286

2,400,487

2,697,228

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS

Non-performing Assets to Loans 
& Other Real Estate

0.32%

Net (Recoveries) / Charge-offs to Average Loans

(0.04%)

Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Loans

1.34%

COMMON STOCK MARKET PRICE

0.00%

0.06%

1.41%

0.38%

0.08%

1.41%

0.13%

0.23%

1.34%

0.17%

0.06%

1.27%

Common Stock Market Price-High

$  10.00 

$  13.94 

$  19.95 

$  24.35 

$  29.53 

Common Stock Market Price-Low

6.44

8.75

13.48

16.16 

21.89

(A) Data for 2002 and prior years has been restated to include the two-for-one stock split effective May 31, 2002.

5

A Picture of Growth

2004 – In Austin

• The two largest independent banks in Travis County, Texas, Village Bank & Trust and Liberty Bank were

successfully integrated in August and September of 2004.

• Seven locations in Austin were added.

• Experienced lenders and significant community involvement became the immediate result as we welcomed 

Edward Safady as Austin Area Chairman and Mike Meyer as President of our Lakeway Banking Center.

2005 – Corpus Christi, Victoria and Houston

• We announced the definitive agreement to acquire First Capital Bankers, Inc., and its subsidiary, FirstCapital Bank, ssb.

• At acquisition we will have 85 locations running from Corpus Christi up the NAFTA Highway, US 59, through Houston

and into Dallas and Austin.

• First Capital Bankers with $761.6 million in assets has approximately one third of its loans in each of the sub-markets of

Houston, Corpus Christi and Victoria. They will also add $629.6 million in deposits.

• Our combined company will have loans and deposits as depicted in the pie charts below.

COMBINED COMPANY LOAN COMPOSITION
PROSPERITY BANK AND FIRSTCAPITAL

COMBINED COMPANY DEPOSIT COMPOSITION
PROSPERITY BANK AND FIRSTCAPITAL

TOTAL LOANS: $1,534,506,000                    Proforma 12-31-04

TOTAL DEPOSITS: $2,950,818,000               Proforma 12-31-04

• After the merger, Prosperity’s footprint will appear as shown on the following map:

PROSPERITY BANK® – represented by red triangles

PROSPERITY’S FOOTPRINT IN TEXAS

58 Full-service Locations

• 29 in Houston CMSA

• 11 in Dallas area

• 7 in Austin

• 11 along NAFTA Highway

FIRSTCAPITAL BANK – represented by blue squares

27 Full-service Locations

• 15 in Corpus Christi area

• 4 in Houston CMSA

• 8 in South Texas

7

By the Numbers

Net Income Growth

NET INCOME

• 2004 saw unprecedented growth in net income from $26.5 million in 2003 

to $34.7 million, an increase of 30.70%. The adjacent graphic presentation

reflects net income growing from $10.7 million in 2000 to $34.7 million 

in 2004. This represents a compound annual growth rate of 34.20%.

Asset Growth

TOTAL ASSETS

• Total assets up by 12.36% to $2.697 billion vs. 2003.  

• At year-end 2000, total assets were $1.146 billion. The company 

has experienced a compound annual growth rate of 23.85% over the period

2000 through 2004. 

Asset Mix

• At year-end 2004, the asset mix reflected securities at 49% and loans at 38%.

Over the past year we have moved the loan to asset ratio from 31% at 

December 2003, to 38% at year-end 2004.  

Loan Growth & Portfolio Composition

• In 2004, loans grew to $1.035 billion. This was a 34.47% growth rate, reflecting 

a 9.90% internal growth and a 24.50% acquisition growth. It is our goal to 

continue to grow loans through the combination of our internal growth and

acquisition strategies. 

ASSET MIX

LOAN GROWTH

• Loan portfolio composition for the years

LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION – 2001

LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION – 2004

2001 and 2004, as depicted on the

accompanying pie charts, reflect the

shift from 1-4 family residential and

home equity to commercial & industrial

and commercial real estate.

9

NON-PERFORMING LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS & ORE

Asset Quality

• We ended 2004 with $1.72 million in non-performing loans or 0.17% of 

total loans and other real estate. This is slightly more than the $967 thousand 

reported in 2003. Nevertheless, we continue well below our peers and remain 

committed to asset quality. 

NET CHARGE-OFFS TO AVERAGE LOANS

• For the year we had net charge-offs of $484 thousand compared to 

$1.6 million in 2003. The improvement is the result of requiring acquisitions 

to divest a larger portion of problem loans prior to merger consumation.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

• Our allowance for credit losses ended the year at 

1.27% of total loans. This was $13.1 million in total loan 

loss reserves.

DEPOSITS BY TYPE

Deposit Portfolio Composition

• Approximately 66% of the bank’s fundings are in free, interest bearing checking, 

and money market accounts. Only 18% of the deposits are in CDs and IRAs 

over $100,000.

• We have no brokered CDs.

EFFICIENCY RATIO

Efficiency Ratio or How much of Each Dollar does 

Prosperity Deliver to the Bottom Line
• As investors know, the lower the efficiency ratio, the more we are able to bring 

to our bottom line. We improved the efficiency ratio from 51.58% in 2003 to

49.23% in 2004. We have been in the low 50s% to the high 40s% since 2001 when 

we acquired Commercial Bancshares. One of our stated goals is to maintain the 

efficiency ratio in a similar range.

10

Shareholders’ Equity

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

• Shareholders’ equity ended the year at $275.6 million, a 25.23% increase 

over year-end 2003. For the period December 2000 through December 2004, 

shareholders’ equity has grown from $80.3 million to $275.6 million, which

equates to a 36.10% compound annual growth rate.

Shareholders’ Tangible Equity

TANGIBLE EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSET RATIO

• Tangible equity ratio ended the year at 4.38%. As the accompanying graph

shows, the tangible equity ratio has ranged from a low of 4.17% to a high of

5.33%. Management is comfortable with this range as we continue executing 

our internal growth and acquisition strategies.   

Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity and 

RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY

Average Tangible Equity 

• The return on average shareholders’ equity fell from 15.60% to 14.27% as share-

holders’ equity increased from $219.6 million to $275.6 million. The increase

was due primarily to the acquisition of the two Austin area banks.

• The return on average tangible shareholders’ equity was 33.41% 

RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE EQUITY

for 2004, up from 29.94% for 2003.

Return on Average Assets

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

• Return on average assets was 1.36% for 2004, as compared

with 1.32% for 2003. As noted previously, assets 

grew by 12.36% while shareholders’ equity grew by 25.53% 

from 2003 to 2004. 

11

SHAREHOLDER PERSPECTIVE – THE PER SHARE VIEW 

PER SHARE NET INCOME (DILUTED)

Per Share Net Income (Diluted)

• Net income grew 16.91% year-over-year 2003 to 2004, from $1.36 

to $1.59. Over the period 2000 through 2004, the compound annual

growth rate was 25.10%.

BOOK VALUE AT YEAR END PER SHARE

Book Value per Share

• During the period 2000 through 2004, book value per share increased from 

$4.98 to $12.32, which represents a 25.40% compound annual growth rate.

CASH DIVIDENDS PER SHARE

Dividends per Share

• We have increased the dividend payout from $0.18 per share in 2000 

to $0.31 per share in 2004. We also announced an increase for 2005 to 

$0.33 per share.

PROSPECTS FOR 2005

• We enter 2005 with 58 banking centers staffed by experienced bankers, “Real Bankers®,” with the skill and authority to
meet or exceed our customers’ needs. These same bankers are well-schooled in our Mission Statement. Our customers
will find no 1-800 telephone numbers as they are able to deal with local bankers for all their banking needs.

• We believe that our success is built on being a community bank with the ability to meet the needs of our customers 
and prospects. Prosperity’s bankers live in their respective communities and are involved in those communities’ 
economic well-being. 

• We will continue this same business model as we complete the acquisition of FirstCapital Bank. This merger will 

add twenty-seven banking centers in the Corpus Christi, Victoria and Houston areas and substantially increase our 
outstanding loans and deposits.  

• We will continue to look for merger partners, i.e. banks, whose management is interested in partnering with us to

become part of our growing and dynamic Texas-based franchise.  

• As in 2003, throughout 2004, and into 2005 our bankers taught and will teach the FDIC’s approved and endorsed

“Money Smart” program which offers consumers a level of education which fosters understanding and appreciation 
of the benefits of commercial banks, their products, services and the role they play in each community.

12

(Mark One) 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 
______________________ 

FORM 10-K 

    [ X ]        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
                                                                        For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 
                                                                                                        OR 
    [   ]          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from      to 

Commission File Number 0-25051 

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. ® 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

                                                              TEXAS 
                                           (State or other jurisdiction of 
                                           incorporation or organization) 

74-2331986                           

 (I.R.S. Employer 
      Identification No.) 

                                        PROSPERITY BANK PLAZA 

4295 SAN FELIPE 

                                                         HOUSTON, TEXAS           

                                       (Address of principal executive offices) 

77027 

       (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:  (713) 693-9300 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value 
$1.00 per share 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]   No [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K. [   ] 

The aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price of the Common 

Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on June 30, 2004 was approximately $380.3 million. 

As of March 1, 2005, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was 27,471,396.   

Documents Incorporated by Reference: 

Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed within 

120 days after December 31, 2004, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
 
 
 
 
 
                                                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
2004 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

 ®

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

PART II 

Item 1.   Business .......................................................................................................................................  
General .....................................................................................................................................  
2004 Mergers and Acquisitions................................................................................................  
Recent Developments...............................................................................................................  
Available Information ..............................................................................................................  
Officers and Associates............................................................................................................  
  Banking Activities....................................................................................................................  
  Business Strategies...................................................................................................................  
  Competition..............................................................................................................................  
  Supervision and Regulation .....................................................................................................  

1 
1 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
4 
4 
5 
Item 2.  Properties .....................................................................................................................................   11 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings........................................................................................................................   15 
Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..................................................................   15 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities ..................................................................................................................   16 
Item 6.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data .........................................................................................   18 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......   20 
Overview..................................................................................................................................   21 
Critical Accounting Policies.....................................................................................................   21 
Results of Operations ...............................................................................................................   22 
Financial Condition..................................................................................................................   27 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ......................................................   42 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data............................................................................   43 
Item 9.  Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ......   44 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................   44 

PART III   

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant .....................................................................   46 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation .............................................................................................................   46 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management .........................................   46 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..........................................................................   46 
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services......................................................................................   46 

PART IV   

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ...............................................................................   47 
Signatures 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

General 

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

® , a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was formed in 1983 as a vehicle to acquire the former 
Allied Bank in Edna, Texas which was chartered in 1949 as The First National Bank of Edna. The Company is a registered financial 
holding company that derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of its bank subsidiary, Prosperity Bank®  
(“Prosperity Bank®” or the “Bank”). The Bank provides a broad line of financial products and services to small and medium-sized 
businesses and consumers.  As of December 31, 2004, the Bank operated fifty-eight (58) full-service banking locations; with twenty-
nine  (29)  in  the  Greater  Houston  Consolidated  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (“CMSA”),  eleven  (11)  in  eight  contiguous  counties 
situated south and southwest of Houston and extending into South Texas, seven (7) in the Austin, Texas area and eleven (11) in the 
Dallas/Fort Worth area.   The Greater Houston CMSA includes Austin, Brazoria, Chambers, Fort Bend, Galveston, Harris, Liberty, 
Montgomery, San Jacinto and Waller counties.  The Company's headquarters are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe in 
Houston, Texas and its telephone number is (713) 693-9300.   The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com. 

The Company's market consists of the communities served by its locations in the Greater Houston Texas CMSA, additional 
locations  in  eight  contiguous  counties  located  to  the  south  and  southwest  of  Houston,  Texas,  its  eleven  banking  locations  in  the 
Dallas/Fort  Worth,  Texas  area  and  its  seven  locations  in  the  Austin,  Texas  area.    US  Highway  59  (scheduled  to  become  Interstate 
Highway 69), which serves as the primary “NAFTA Highway” linking the interior United States and Mexico, runs directly through 
the center of the Company’s market area.  The increased traffic along this NAFTA Highway has enhanced economic activity in the 
Company’s market area and created opportunities for growth.  The diverse nature of the economies in each local market served by the 
Company provides the Company with a varied customer base and allows the Company to spread its lending risk throughout a number 
of different industries including farming, ranching, petrochemicals, manufacturing, tourism, recreation and professional service firms 
and their principals.  The Company's market areas outside of Houston, Dallas and Austin are dominated by either small community 
banks or branches of large regional banks.  Management believes that the Company, as one of the few mid-sized financial institutions 
that  combines  responsive  community  banking  with  the  sophistication  of  a  regional  bank  holding  company,  has  a  competitive 
advantage in its market areas and excellent growth opportunities through acquisitions, new Banking Center locations and additional 
business development. 

Operating  under  a  community  banking  philosophy,  the  Company  seeks  to  develop  broad  customer  relationships  based  on 
service and convenience while maintaining its conservative approach to lending and strong asset quality.  The Company has grown 
through a combination of internal growth, the acquisition of community banks, branches of banks and the opening of new banking 
centers.  Utilizing a low cost of funds and employing stringent cost controls, the Company has been profitable in every full year of its 
existence,  including  the  period  of  adverse  economic  conditions  in  Texas  in  the  late  1980s.    From  1988  to  1992,  as  a  sound  and 
profitable institution, the Company took advantage of this economic downturn and acquired the deposits and certain assets of failed 
banks in West Columbia, El Campo and Cuero, Texas and two failed banks in Houston, which diversified the Company's franchise 
and increased its core deposits. The Company opened a full-service Banking Center in Victoria, Texas in 1993 and the following year 
established a Banking Center in Bay City, Texas.  The Company expanded its Bay City presence in 1996 with the acquisition of an 
additional branch  location  from  Norwest  Bank  Texas (now Wells Fargo),  and  in 1997,  the  Company  acquired  the Angleton,  Texas 
branch of Wells Fargo Bank.  In 1998, the Company enhanced its West Columbia Banking Center with the purchase of a commercial 
bank branch located in West Columbia and acquired Union State Bank in East Bernard, Texas.  

1 

 
 
 
 
From December 31, 1998 through December 31, 2004, the Company grew through internal growth and the completion of the 

following acquisitions: 

  Acquired Entity 

Completion Date 

  Number of  
  Banking Centers  

Added (1) 

South Texas Bancshares, Inc. ...........................  
Compass Bank (5 branches) .............................  
Commercial Bancshares, Inc. ...........................  
Texas Guaranty Bank, N.A...............................  
The First State Bank of Needville (2) ...............  
Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. .........................  
Southwest Bank Holding Company..................  
First National Bank of Bay City (2)..................  
Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc........................  
Dallas Bancshares, Inc......................................  
  MainBancorp, Inc. ............................................  
First State Bank of North Texas........................  
Liberty Bancshares, Inc. ...................................  
Village Bank and Trust, s.s.b............................  
____________________________________ 

1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2002 
2003 
2003 
2003 
2003 
2004 
2004 

3 
4 
12 
3 
-- 
8 
2 
-- 
1 
1 
4 
3 
6 
1 

(1) The number of banking centers added gives effect to any locations of the acquired entity that were consolidated into existing   

banking centers of the Company. 

(2) The only banking center of the acquired entity was closed and consolidated into an existing banking center of the Company. 

2004 Mergers and Acquisitions 

On  August  1,  2004,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust,  s.s.b.  (“Village”),  Austin,  Texas.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $19.1 million in cash for all of the issued and outstanding capital 
stock of Village.  Village was privately held and operated one (1) banking office in the Lakeway area of Austin, Texas.  As of June 30, 
2004, Village had total assets of $110.9 million, loans of $79.7 million, deposits of $97.3 million and shareholders’ equity of $10.4 
million.     

On August 1, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of Liberty Bancshares, Inc. (“Liberty”), Austin, Texas, pursuant 
to which Liberty was merged into the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Liberty Bank, S.S.B., was merged into the Bank.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $8.9 million in cash and issued approximately 1.3 million shares 
of its Common Stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Liberty and Liberty Bank and converted all outstanding 
stock  options  to  acquire  Liberty  common  stock  into  options  to  acquire  approximately  108,000  shares  of  Prosperity  common  stock.  
Liberty was privately held and operated six (6) banking offices in Austin, Texas.  As of June 30, 2004, Liberty had, on a consolidated 
basis, total assets of $178.7 million, loans of $120.3 million, deposits of $158.9 million and shareholders’ equity of $16.5 million. 

Recent Developments 

On  March  1,  2005,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  FirstCapital  Bankers,  Inc.  (“First  Capital”),  Corpus  Christi, 
Texas.  Under the terms of the agreement, First Capital was merged into the Company and First Capital’s wholly owned subsidiary, 
FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b. was merged into the Bank.  The Company issued approximately 5.079 million shares of its common stock for 
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of First Capital and converted all outstanding options to acquire First Capital common 
stock  into  options  to  acquire  approximately  234,000  shares  of  Prosperity  common  stock.      First  Capital  was  privately  held  and 
operated thirty-two (32) banking offices in and around Corpus Christi, Houston and Victoria, Texas, five of which were closed and 
consolidated with existing banking centers of the Company.  As of December 31, 2004, First Capital had, on a consolidated basis, total 
assets of $761.6 million, loans of $499.0 million, deposits of $629.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $61.7 million.   

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  redeemed  in  full  the  $12.4  million  in  junior  subordinated  debentures  issued  to 
Prosperity Capital Trust I.  Prosperity Capital Trust I in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common securities it 
issued. 

Available Information 

The Company's website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com.  The Company makes available free of charge on or through 
its website its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those 
reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  soon  as 
reasonably  practicable  after  such  material  is  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  
Information contained on the Company's website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and is not part 
of this or any other report. 

Officers and Associates 

The Company's directors and officers are important to the Company's success and play a key role in the Company's business 
development  efforts  by  actively  participating  in  a  number  of  civic  and  public  service  activities  in  the  communities  served  by  the 
Company, such as the Rotary Club, Lion's Club, Pilot Club, United Way and Chamber of Commerce.   

The  Company  has  invested  heavily  in  its  officers  and  associates  by  recruiting  talented  officers  in  its  market  areas  and 
providing  them  with  economic  incentive  in  the  form  of  stock  options  and  bonuses  based  on  cross-selling  performance.  The  senior 
management team has substantial experience in the Houston, Dallas and Austin markets and the surrounding communities in which 
the Company has a presence. Each banking center location is administered by a local President or Manager with knowledge of the 
community  and  lending  expertise  in  the  specific  industries  found  in  the  community.    The  Company  entrusts  its  banking  center 
Presidents and Managers with authority and flexibility within general parameters with respect to product pricing and decision making 
in order to avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks.  The Company operates each banking center as a separate profit center, 
maintaining separate data with respect to each banking center's net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and 
overall  profitability.  Banking  center  presidents  and  managers  are  accountable  for  performance  in  these  areas  and  compensated 
accordingly.    The  Company  has  no  1-800  telephone  numbers.    Each  banking  center  has  its  own  listed  local  business  telephone 
number, which enables a customer to be served by a local banker with decision making authority.   

As of December 31, 2004, the Company and the Bank had 653 full-time equivalent associates, 237 of whom were officers of 
the  Bank.    The  Company  provides  medical  and  hospitalization  insurance  to  its  full-time  associates.    The  Company  considers  its 
relations with associates to be excellent.  Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any collective bargaining agreement.  

Banking Activities 

The  Company,  through  the  Bank,  offers  a  variety  of  traditional  loan  and  deposit  products  to  its  customers,  which  consist 
primarily of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses. The Bank tailors its products to the specific needs of customers in a 
given market. At December 31, 2004, the Bank maintained approximately 139,000 separate deposit accounts and 15,400 separate loan 
accounts and 22.4% of the Bank’s total deposits were noninterest-bearing demand deposits.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, 
the Company's average cost of funds was 1.30%.   The Company’s average cost of deposits (excluding borrowings) was 1.15% for the 
year ended December 31, 2004. 

The Company has been an active mortgage lender, with commercial mortgage and 1-4 family residential loans comprising 
60.8% of the Company's total loans as of December 31, 2004. The Company also offers loans for automobiles and other consumer 
durables, home equity loans, debit cards, internet banking and other cash management services and automated telephone banking. By 
offering  certificates  of  deposit,  checking  with  interest  accounts,  savings  accounts  and  overdraft  protection  at  competitive  rates,  the 
Company gives its depositors a full range of traditional deposit products.  

The businesses targeted by the Company in its lending efforts are primarily those that require loans in the $100,000 to $8.0 
million range. The Company offers these businesses a broad array of loan products including term loans, lines of credit and loans for 
working capital, business expansion and the purchase of equipment and machinery, interim construction loans for builders and owner-
occupied commercial real estate loans. For its business customers, the Company has developed a specialized checking product called 
Small Business Checking which provides fixed discounted fees for checking.  

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Strategies 

The  Company’s  main  objective  is  to  increase  deposits  and  loans  internally,  as  well  as  through  additional  expansion 
opportunities, while maintaining efficiency, individualized customer service and maximizing profitability.  To achieve this objective, 
the Company has employed the following strategic goals:  

Continue Community Banking Emphasis.  The Company intends to continue operating as a community banking organization 
focused on meeting the specific needs of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses in its market areas.  The Company will 
continue to provide a high degree of responsiveness combined with a wide variety of banking products and services.  The Company 
staffs its Banking Centers with experienced bankers with lending expertise in the specific industries found in the community, giving 
them authority to make certain pricing and credit decisions, thereby attempting to avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. 

Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio.  While maintaining its conservative approach to lending, the Company 
has  emphasized  both  new  and  existing  loan  products,  focusing  on  growing  its  construction,  commercial  mortgage  and  commercial 
loan portfolios.  During the two-year period from December 31, 2002 to December 31, 2004, the Company’s construction loans grew 
from $52.4 million to $109.6 million, or 109.2%. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans grew from $93.8 million to $144.4 
million, or 54.0% and its commercial mortgages increased from $184.0 million to $369.2 million, or 100.7% for the same period. In 
addition, the Company targets professional service firms such as legal and medical practices for both loans secured by owner-occupied 
premises and personal loans to their principals.  

Continue Strict Focus on Efficiency.  The Company plans to maintain its stringent cost control practices and policies.  The 
Company has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as data processing 
and loan application processing.  For its Banking Centers, which the Company operates as independent profit centers, the Company 
supplies  complete  support  in  the  areas  of  loan  review,  internal  audit,  compliance  and  training.  Management  believes  that  this 
centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs 
through certain economies of scale.  

Enhance  Cross-Selling.    The  Company  recognizes  that  its  customer  base  provides  significant  opportunities  to  cross-sell 
various products and it seeks to develop broader customer relationships by identifying cross-selling opportunities.  The Company uses 
incentives and friendly competition to encourage cross-selling efforts and increase cross-selling results.  Officers and associates have 
access  to  each  customer’s  existing  and  related  account  relationships  and  are  better  able  to  inform  customers  of  additional  products 
when customers visit or call the various Banking Centers or use  their drive-in facilities. In addition, the Company includes product 
information in monthly statements and other mailings.  

Maintain Strong Asset Quality.  The Company intends to maintain the strong asset quality that has been representative of its 
historical loan portfolio.  As the Company diversifies and increases its lending activities, it may face higher risks of nonpayment and 
increased risks in the event of economic downturns.  The Company intends, however, to continue to employ the strict underwriting 
guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that has contributed to its low incidence of nonperforming assets and its minimal 
charge-offs.  

Expand Market Share Through Internal Growth and a Disciplined Acquisition Strategy.  The Company intends to continue 
seeking opportunities, both inside and outside its existing markets, to expand either by acquiring existing banks or branches of banks 
or by establishing new Banking Centers. All of the Company's acquisitions have been accretive to earnings within 12 months after 
acquisition  date  and  have  supplied  the  Company  with  relatively  low-cost  deposits  which  have  been  used  to  fund  the  Company's 
lending  and  investing  activities.  However,  the  Company  makes  no  guarantee  that  future  acquisitions  will  be  accretive  to  earnings 
within  any  particular  time  period.    Factors  used  by  the  Company  to  evaluate  expansion  opportunities  include  the  similarity  in 
management  and  operating  philosophies,  whether  the  acquisition  will  be  accretive  to  earnings  and  enhance  shareholder  value,  the 
ability to achieve economies of scale to improve the efficiency ratio and the opportunity to enhance the Company's market presence.  

Competition  

The  banking  business  is  highly  competitive,  and  the  profitability  of  the  Company  depends  principally  on  its  ability  to 
compete  in  its  market  areas.  The  Company  competes  with  other  commercial  banks,  savings  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations, 
credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based nonbank 
lenders  and  certain  other  nonfinancial  entities,  including  retail  stores  which  may  maintain  their  own  credit  programs  and  certain 
governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing than the Company.  The Company has been able to compete 
effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, technology and responsive decision-making with respect 
to  loans;  by  establishing  long-term  customer  relationships  and  building  customer  loyalty;  and  by  providing  products  and  services 
designed to address the specific needs of its customers.   

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supervision and Regulation 

The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of 
depositors, the deposit insurance funds of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the banking system as a whole, 
and  not  for  the  protection  of  the  bank  holding  company  shareholders  or  creditors.    The  banking  agencies  have  broad  enforcement 
power over bank holding companies and banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of 
laws and regulations.  

The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. References in this 
annual report on Form 10-K to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and are 
qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.  

The Company  

The  Company  is  a  financial  holding  company  pursuant  to  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  and  a  bank  holding  company 
registered  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  (“BHCA”).  Accordingly,  the  Company  is  subject  to 
supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The 
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA and other federal laws subject financial and bank holding companies to particular restrictions on 
the  types  of  activities  in  which  they  may  engage,  and  to  a  range  of  supervisory  requirements  and  activities,  including  regulatory 
enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.  

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength.  It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding 
companies  should  pay  cash  dividends  on  common  stock  only  out  of  income  available  over  the  past  year  and  only  if  prospective 
earnings retention is consistent with the organization's expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank 
holding companies should not  maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company's ability  to serve as a 
source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.  

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of 
its  banking  subsidiaries  and  commit  resources  to  their  support.  Such  support  may  be  required  at  times  when,  absent  this  Federal 
Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain 
circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.  

In  the  event  of  a  bank  holding  company's  bankruptcy  under  Chapter  11  of  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code,  the  trustee  will  be 
deemed to have assumed and is required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to any 
of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution. Any claim for breach of such obligation 
will generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.  

Scope of Permissible Activities.  Under the BHCA, bank holding companies generally may not acquire a direct or indirect 
interest  in  or  control  of  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  shares  of  any  company  that  is  not  a  bank  or  bank  holding  company  or  from 
engaging in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for 
its subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the Federal Reserve Board determined to be  
closely  related  to  banking  or  managing  and  controlling  banks  as  to  be  a  proper  incident  thereto.    In  approving  acquisitions  or  the 
addition of activities, the Federal Reserve considers whether the acquisition or the additional activities can reasonably be expected to 
produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh such possible 
adverse effects as undue concentration of resources decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, eliminated the barriers to affiliations 
among  banks,  securities  firms,  insurance  companies  and  other  financial  service  providers  and  permits  bank  holding  companies  to 
become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities 
that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and 
market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; 
and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking.  No regulatory approval will be required 
for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial 
in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. 

Under  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act,  a  bank  holding  company  may  become  a  financial  holding  company  by  filing  a 
declaration  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  if  each  of  its  subsidiary  banks  is  well  capitalized  under  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance 
Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating 
under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”).  The Company became a financial holding company on April 18, 2000. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to examine 
banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in nature or determined to 
be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines.  Accordingly, activities of subsidiaries of a financial 
holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a 
financial holding company. 

Safe  and  Sound  Banking  Practices.    Bank  holding  companies  are  not  permitted  to  engage  in  unsafe  and  unsound  banking 
practices. The Federal Reserve Board's Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve 
Board  prior  notice  of  any  redemption  or  repurchase  of  its  own  equity  securities,  if  the  consideration  to  be  paid,  together  with  the 
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated 
net worth.  The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if  it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or  
unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take the 
position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  

The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  broad  authority  to  prohibit  activities  of  bank  holding  companies  and  their  nonbanking 
subsidiaries  which  represent  unsafe  and  unsound  banking  practices  or  which  constitute  violations  of  laws  or  regulations,  and  can 
assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial 
loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues.  

Anti-Tying  Restrictions.    Bank  holding  companies  and  their  affiliates  are  prohibited  from  tying  the  provision  of  certain 

services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.  

Capital  Adequacy  Requirements.    The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  adopted  a  system  using  risk-based  capital  guidelines  to 
evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk 
weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset.  These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to 
determine  a  "risk-weighted''  asset  base.  The  guidelines  require  a  minimum  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  8.0%  (of  which  at  least 
4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2004, 
the Company's ratio of Tier 1 capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets was 13.56% and its ratio of total capital to total tangible 
risk-weighted assets was 14.67%. Tangible risk-weighted assets are calculated as total risk-weighted assets less intangible assets such 
as goodwill and core deposit intangibles.   

In  addition  to  the  risk-based  capital  guidelines,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  uses  a  leverage  ratio  as  an  additional  tool  to 
evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company's Tier 1 capital divided by its average total 
tangible consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other 
bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2004, the Company's leverage ratio 
was 6.30%.  

The federal banking agencies' risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to banking 
organizations  that  meet  certain  specified  criteria,  assuming  that  they  have  the  highest  regulatory  rating.  Banking  organizations  not 
meeting  these  criteria  are  expected  to  operate  with  capital  positions  well  above  the  minimum  ratios.    The  federal  bank  regulatory 
agencies  may  set  capital  requirements  for  a  particular  banking  organization  that  are  higher  than  the  minimum  ratios  when 
circumstances  warrant.    Federal  Reserve  Board  guidelines  also  provide  that  banking  organizations  experiencing  internal  growth  or 
making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without 
significant reliance on intangible assets.  

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries.  Bank regulators are required to take "prompt corrective action'' to 
resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an institution 
becomes  “undercapitalized,”  it  must  submit  a  capital  restoration  plan.  The  capital  restoration  plan  will  not  be  accepted  by  the 
regulators  unless  each  company  having  control  of  the  undercapitalized  institution  guarantees  the  subsidiary's  compliance  with  the 
capital  restoration  plan  up  to  a  certain  specified  amount.    Any  such  guarantee  from  a  depository  institution's  holding  company  is 
entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.  

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution's 
assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.”  The bank 
regulators  have  greater  power  in  situations  where  an  institution  becomes  “significantly”  or  “critically”  undercapitalized  or  fails  to 
submit a capital restoration plan.  For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior 
Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled 
institution or other affiliates.  

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies.  The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting 
shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such 
bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider the financial and  
managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the 
communities to be served, and various competitive factors.  

Control Acquisitions.  The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring "control'' of a 
bank holding company  unless the Federal Reserve Board  has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable 
presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding 
company  with  a  class  of  securities  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Exchange  Act,  such  as  the  Company,  would,  under  the 
circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company.  

In addition, any entity is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA before acquiring 25% 
(5%  in  the  case  of  an  acquirer  that  is  a  bank  holding  company)  or  more  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  of  the  Company,  or 
otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over the Company.  

The Bank  

The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) of 
the FDIC. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by 
the FDIC and the Texas Banking Department. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special restrictions, requirements, 
potential enforcement actions and periodic examination by the FDIC and the Texas Banking Department. Because the Federal Reserve 
Board  regulates  the  bank  holding  company  parent  of  the  Bank,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  also  has  supervisory  authority  which 
directly affects the Bank.  

Equivalence to National Bank Powers.  The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank 
has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws 
and  regulations  may  have  allowed  state-chartered  banks  to  engage  in  a  broader  range  of  activities  than  national  banks,  the  Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) has operated to limit this authority. FDICIA provides that no 
state  bank  or  subsidiary  thereof  may  engage  as  principal  in  any  activity  not  permitted  for  national  banks,  unless  the  institution 
complies  with  applicable  capital  requirements  and  the  FDIC  determines  that  the  activity  poses  no  significant  risk  to  the  insurance 
fund.  In  general,  statutory  restrictions  on  the  activities  of  banks  are  aimed  at  protecting  the  safety  and  soundness  of  depository 
institutions.  

Financial  Modernization.  Under  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act,  a  national  bank  may  establish  a  financial  subsidiary  and 
engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as principal, 
insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment and annuity issuance.  To do so, a bank must 
be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating of satisfactory or better.  Subsidiary banks of a financial holding company or 
national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities 
that  are  financial  in  nature  without  regulatory  actions  or  restrictions,  which  could  include  divestiture  of  the  financial  in  nature 
subsidiary or subsidiaries.  In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities 
that  are  financial  in  nature  unless  each  of  the  subsidiary  banks  of  the  financial  holding  company  or  the  bank  has  a  CRA  rating  of 
satisfactory of better. 

Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Texas-chartered 
banks such as the Bank, will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provision contained in the Texas 
Constitution. 

Branching.    Texas  law  provides  that  a  Texas-chartered  bank  can  establish  a  branch  anywhere  in  Texas  provided  that  the 
branch is approved in advance by the Texas Banking Department. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a 
number  of  factors,  including  financial  history,  capital  adequacy,  earnings  prospects,  character  of  management,  needs  of  the 
community and consistency with corporate powers.  

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.  Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking subsidiaries, 
including the Company, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount 
of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to 
third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affiliate  transactions  are  also  subject  to  Section  23B  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  which  generally  requires  that  certain 
transactions  between  the  Bank  and  its  affiliates  be  on  terms  substantially  the  same,  or  at  least  as  favorable  to  the  Bank,  as  those 
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons.   The Federal Reserve has also issued 
Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretive guidance with 
respect to affiliate transactions. 

The  restrictions  on  loans  to  directors,  executive  officers,  principal  shareholders  and  their  related  interests  (collectively 
referred  to  herein  as  "insiders'')  contained  in  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  and  Regulation  O  apply  to  all  insured  institutions  and  their 
subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before 
such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot 
exceed the institution's total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders 
are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.  

Restrictions  on  Distribution  of  Subsidiary  Bank  Dividends  and  Assets.    Dividends  paid  by  the  Bank  have  provided  a 
substantial part of the Company's operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the 
Company  will  continue  to  be  the  Company's  principal  source  of  operating  funds.  Capital  adequacy  requirements  serve  to  limit  the 
amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, 
the  Bank  will  be  “undercapitalized.”  The  FDIC  may  declare  a  dividend  payment  to  be  unsafe  and  unsound  even  though  the  Bank 
would continue to meet its capital requirements after the dividend.  Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from 
its subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization 
will  be  subject  to  the  prior  claims  of  the  subsidiary's  creditors.    In    the  event  of    a  liquidation  or    other    resolution  of    an  insured  
depository  institution, the claims of  depositors  and  other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over 
the  claims  of  holders  of  any  obligation  of  the  institution  to  its  shareholders,  including  any  depository  institution  holding  company 
(such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.  

Examinations.  The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates insured banks. Based on such an evaluation, the FDIC may 
revalue the assets of the institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the FDIC-
determined value and the book value of such assets.  The Texas Banking Department also conducts examinations of state banks but 
may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination.  

Audit  Reports.  Insured  institutions with  total  assets  of $500  million  or more  must  submit  annual  audit  reports prepared by 
independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution's holding company can be 
used  to  satisfy  this  requirement.  Auditors  must  receive  examination  reports,  supervisory  agreements  and  reports  of  enforcement 
actions.  In  addition,  financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  management's 
certifications  concerning  responsibility  for  the  financial  statements,  internal  controls  and  compliance  with  legal  requirements 
designated  by  the  FDIC,  and  an  attestation  by  the  auditor  regarding  the  statements  of  management  relating  to  the  internal  controls 
must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion, independent auditors may be required to review quarterly 
financial  statements.  FDICIA  requires  that  independent  audit  committees  be  formed,  consisting  of  outside  directors  only.  The 
committees  of  such  institutions  must  include  members  with  experience  in  banking  or  financial  management,  must  have  access  to 
outside counsel, and must not include representatives of large customers. 

Capital  Adequacy  Requirements.    The  FDIC  has  adopted  regulations  establishing  minimum  requirements  for  the  capital 
adequacy  of  insured  institutions.  The  FDIC  may  establish  higher  minimum  requirements  if,  for  example,  a  bank  has  previously 
received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.  

The  FDIC's  risk-based  capital  guidelines  generally  require  state  banks  to  have  a  minimum  ratio  of  Tier  1  capital  to  total 
tangible risk-weighted assets of 4.0% and a ratio of total capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The capital categories 
have  the  same  definitions  for  the  Bank  as  for  the  Company.  As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Bank's  ratio  of  Tier  1  capital  to  total 
tangible risk-weighted assets was 13.09% and its ratio of total capital to total tangible risk-weighted assets was 14.20%.   

The FDIC's leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total tangible 
assets, except in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. The Texas Banking 
Department has issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio (defined in accordance with 
federal capital guidelines) of 5.0%. As of December 31, 2004, the Bank's ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) 
was 6.07%.   

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies.  The federal banking regulators are required to take "prompt corrective action'' 
with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are 
"well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “under capitalized,” “significantly under capitalized” and “critically under capitalized.” A 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 “well capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a 
leverage  ratio  of  5.0%  or  higher;  and  is  not  subject  to  any  written  agreement,  order  or  directive  requiring  it  to  maintain  a  specific 
capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 
risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its 
most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank. 
A bank is “under capitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized.  The Bank is classified as 
“well capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. 

In  addition  to  requiring  undercapitalized  institutions  to  submit  a  capital  restoration  plan,  agency  regulations  contain  broad 
restrictions  on  certain  activities  of  undercapitalized  institutions  including  asset  growth,  acquisitions,  branch  establishment  and 
expansion  into  new  lines  of  business.  With  certain  exceptions,  an  insured  depository  institution  is  prohibited  from  making  capital 
distributions,  including  dividends,  and  is  prohibited  from  paying  management  fees  to  control  persons  if  the  institution  would  be 
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.  

As an institution's capital decreases, the FDIC's enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized 
institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of 
management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution 
and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.  

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative 
actions,  including  the  termination  of  deposit  insurance  upon  notice  and  hearing,  or  a  temporary  suspension  of  insurance  without  a 
hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.  

Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance protection. The 
FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system as required by FDICIA. Under this system, FDIC-insured depository institutions 
pay  insurance  premiums  at  rates  based  on  their  risk  classification.  Institutions  assigned  to  higher  risk  classifications  (that  is, 
institutions that pose a greater risk of loss to their respective deposit insurance funds) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions 
that pose a lower risk. An institution's risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the 
institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances.  The current range of BIF 
assessments is between 0% and 0.27% of deposits. 

The FDIC established a process for raising or lowering all rates for insured institutions semi-annually if conditions warrant a 
change.  Under  this  system,  the  FDIC  has  the  flexibility  to  adjust  the  assessment  rate  schedule  twice  a  year  without  seeking  prior 
public comment, but only within a range of five cents per $100 above or below the premium schedule adopted. Changes in the rate 
schedule outside the five cent range above or below the current schedule can be made by the FDIC only after a full rulemaking with 
opportunity for public comment.  

In addition to BIF assessments, banks insured under the BIF are required to pay a portion of the interest due on bonds that 
were issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to help shore up the ailing Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation in 
1987.  With regard to the assessment for the FICO obligation, for the fourth quarter 2004, the BIF rate was .00146% of deposits. 

Enforcement Powers.  The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power 
to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties and appoint a conservator or receiver. 
Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and  supervisory  agreements  could  subject  the  Company  or  its  banking 
subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and 
potentially substantial civil money penalties. The appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver 
for  a  banking  institution  (or  the  FDIC  may  appoint  itself,  under  certain  circumstances)  if  any  one  or  more  of  a  number  of 
circumstances  exist,  including,  without  limitation,  the  fact  that  the  banking  institution  is  undercapitalized  and  has  no  reasonable 
prospect of becoming adequately capitalized; fails to become adequately capitalized when required to do so; fails to submit a timely 
and  acceptable  capital  restoration  plan;  or  materially  fails  to  implement  an  accepted  capital  restoration  plan.  The  Texas  Banking 
Department also has broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose orders, remove officers and directors, 
impose fines and appoint supervisors and conservators. 

Brokered Deposit Restrictions.  Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except 
with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized 
institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits.  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-Guarantee  Provisions.    The  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery  and  Enforcement  Act  of  1989  (“FIRREA”) 
contains a “cross-guarantee” provision which generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to the FDIC 
for any losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled depository institution.  

Community Reinvestment Act.  The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet 
the  credit  needs  of  their  service  area,  including  low  and  moderate  income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound 
operations of the banks.  These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank's record in meeting the needs of its service 
area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the 
liabilities  of  another  bank.    FIRREA  requires  federal  banking  agencies  to  make  public  a  rating  of  a  bank's  performance  under  the 
CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in 
connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other 
bank holding company.  An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.  

Consumer Laws and Regulations.  In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain 
consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not 
exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, 
the  Expedited Funds Availability  Act,  the  Equal  Credit Opportunity  Act,  and  the  Fair  Housing  Act,  among others.  These  laws  and 
regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers 
when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer 
protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations.  

The USA Patriot Act of 2001.  The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept 
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("USA Patriot Act") was enacted in October 2001.  The USA Patriot Act is intended to strengthen 
U.S. law enforcement's and the intelligence communities' ability to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The 
potential  impact  of  the  USA  Patriot  Act on  financial  institutions  of  all  kinds  is  significant  and wide  ranging. The  USA  Patriot  Act 
contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires various regulations, including: (i) due diligence 
requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-
U.S.  persons;  (ii)  standards  for  verifying  customer  identification  at  account  opening;  (iii)  rules  to  promote  cooperation  among 
financial  institutions,  regulators  and  law  enforcement  entities  in  identifying  parties  that  may  be  involved  in  terrorism  or  money 
laundering;  (iv)  reports  by  nonfinancial  trades  and  business  filed  with  the  Treasury  Department's  Financial  Crimes  Enforcement 
Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (v) filing of suspicious activities reports involving securities by brokers and dealers 
if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. 

Privacy.  In addition to expanding the activities in which banks and bank holding companies may engage, the Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act also imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 
generally  prohibits  disclosure  of  customer  information  to  non-affiliated  third  parties  unless  the  customer  has  been  given  the 
opportunity  to  object  and  has  not  objected  to  such  disclosure.    Financial  institutions  are  further  required  to  disclose  their  privacy 
policies to customers annually.  Financial institutions, however, will be required to comply with state law if it is more protective of 
customer privacy than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. 

Instability of Regulatory Structure 

Various  legislation,  such  as  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  which  expanded  the  powers  of  banking  institutions  and  bank 
holding companies, and proposals to overhaul the bank regulatory system and limit the investments that a depository institution may 
make with insured funds, is from time to time introduced in Congress. Such legislation may change banking statutes and the operating 
environment of the Company and its banking subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company cannot determine the 
ultimate  effect  that  any  potential  legislation,  if  enacted,  or  implemented  regulations  with  respect  thereto,  would  have,  upon  the 
financial condition or results of operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
Expanding Enforcement Authority 

One  of  the  major  additional  burdens  imposed  on  the  banking  industry  by  FDICIA  is  the  increased  ability  of  banking 
regulators to monitor the activities of banks and their holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC possess 
extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions 
and their holding companies. For example, the FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any institution which it determines has 
engaged  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice.    The  agencies  can  also  assess  civil  money  penalties,  issue  cease  and  desist  or  removal 
orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose such actions.  FDICIA, FIRREA and other laws have expanded the agencies' authority 
in recent years, and the agencies have not yet fully tested the limits of their powers.  

Effect on Economic Environment 

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect 
on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to 
affect  the  money  supply  are  open  market  operations  in  U.S.  government  securities,  changes  in  the  discount  rate  on  member  bank 
borrowings,  and  changes  in  reserve  requirements  against  member  bank  deposits.  These  means  are  used  in  varying  combinations  to 
influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on 
loans or paid for deposits.  

Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and 
are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business 
and earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.  

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company conducted business at 58 full-service banking centers. The Company’s headquarters 
are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe, in the Galleria area in Houston, Texas. The Company owns all of the buildings 
in which its banking centers are located other than those listed below.  The expiration dates of the leases listed below do not include 
renewal option periods which may be available. 

Banking Center 

Expiration Date of Lease 

Abrams Centre.........................................  
Bellaire ....................................................  
City West .................................................  
Congress ..................................................  
Congress Drive-thru.................................  
Copperfield ..............................................  
Downtown ...............................................  
Fairfield ...................................................  
Galveston.................................................  
Gladebrook ..............................................  
Medical Center ........................................  
Oak Hill ...................................................  
Post Oak...................................................  
Preston Road............................................  
River Oaks ...............................................  
Riverside..................................................  
Waugh Drive............................................  
William Canon.........................................  

December 2008 
October 2007 
January 2009 
August 2014 
April 2005 
January 2006 
October 2012 
May 2008 
November 2010 
October 2010 
March 2008 
May 2005 
June 2007 
September 2013 
December 2009 
July 2018 
February 2011 
November 2009 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  The following table sets forth specific information on each of the Company’s locations: 

Location 

Address 

Deposits at December 31, 2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Abrams Centre 

Aldine 

Allandale 

Angleton 

Bay City 

Beeville 

Bellaire 

Blooming Grove 

Camp Wisdom 

Cedar Hill 

CityWest 

Clear Lake 

Cleveland 

Congress 

Copperfield 

Corsicana 

$  35,164 

  18,478 

  13,520 

  56,964 

  81,277 

  75,150 

  36,024 

  12,142 

  25,439 

  39,996 

  17,403 

  52,911 

 107,020 

  97,704 

  11,682 

  20,731 

9330 LBJ Freeway 
Dallas, TX  75243 

1906 Aldine Bender 
Houston, TX  77032 

1610 West North Loop 
Austin, TX  78756 

116 South Velasco 
Angleton, TX  77516 

1600 Seventh St. 
Bay City, TX  77404 

(includes drive-thru located approximately 
¼ mile from main office) 

100 South Washington 
Beeville, TX  78102 

6800 West Loop South Suite 100 
Bellaire, TX 77401 

109 South Fordyce Street 
Blooming Grove, TX  76626 

3515 West Camp Wisdom Road 
Dallas, TX  75237 

217 East FM 1382 
Cedar Hill, TX  75104 

2500 CityWest Blvd. 
Houston, TX  77042 

100 West Medical Center Blvd. 
Webster, TX  77598 

104 West Crockett 
Cleveland, TX 77237 

900 Congress Avenue 
Austin, TX  78701 

(includes drive-thru located approximately 
¼ mile from main office) 

8686 Highway 6 North 
Houston, TX  77095 

100 South Main Street 
Corsicana, TX  75110 

12 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Address 

Deposits at December 31, 2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Cuero 

Cypress 

Dayton 

Downtown 

East Bernard 

Edna 

El Campo (Bank headquarters) 

Ennis 

Fairfield 

Galveston 

Gladebrook 

Goliad 

Highway 6-West 

Hitchcock 

Kiest 

Lakeway 

Liberty 

$ 34,977 

  36,706 

  59,585 

  13,503 

  56,389 

  66,974 

 105,138 

  38,053 

7,758 

7,926 

  23,647 

  15,489 

8,512 

  10,049 

  46,123 

  84,059 

  56,819 

106 North Esplanade 
Cuero, TX  77954 

25820 U.S. 290 
Cypress, TX 77429 

106 North Main 
Dayton, TX  77535 

777 Walker, Suite L140 
Houston, TX 77002 

700 Church St. 
East Bernard, TX  77435 

102 North Wells 
Edna, TX  77962 

1301 North Mechanic 
El Campo, TX  77437 

207 South Clay 
Ennis, TX  75119 

15050 Fairfield Village Square Dr. 
Cypress, TX  77433 

2424 Market St. 
Galveston, TX  77550 

3934 FM 1960 West, Suite 100 
Houston, TX  77068 

145 North Jefferson 
Goliad, TX  77963 

1070 Highway 6 South 
Houston, TX  77077 

8300 Highway 6 
Hitchcock, TX  77563 

333 West Kiest Boulevard 
Dallas, TX  75224 

1415 Ranch Road 620 South 
Lakeway, TX  78734 

520 Main St. 
Liberty, TX 77575 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Magnolia 

Mathis 

Medical Center 

Memorial 

Mont Belvieu 

Needville 

Oak Hill 

Palacios 

Post Oak 

Preston Road 

Red Oak 

Research 

River Oaks (Company headquarters) 

Riverside 

Sweeny 

Tanglewood 

Turtle Creek 

Address 

Deposits at December 31, 2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 30,697 

  32,146 

  27,524 

  22,503 

  13,654 

  24,880 

  16,587 

  24,075 

 104,814 

  15,152 

  54,587 

9,026 

 143,104 

3,528 

  12,008 

  13,204 

  23,468 

18935 FM 1488 
Magnolia, TX 77355 

103 North Highway 359 
Mathis, TX  78368 

7505 South Main St., Suite 100 
Houston, TX  77030 

12602 Memorial Drive 
Houston, TX  77024 

10305 Eagle Drive 
Mont Belvieu, TX  77580 

13325 Highway 36 
Needville, TX  77461 

6132 Hwy 290 West 
Austin, TX  78735 

600 Henderson 
Palacios, TX  77465 

3040 Post Oak Blvd. Suite 150 
Houston, TX  77056 

18800 Preston Road 
Dallas, TX  75252 

500 North I-35 Service Road 
Red Oak, TX  75154 

8770 Research Blvd. 
Austin, TX  78758 

4295 San Felipe 
Houston, TX 77027 

1708 South Lakeshore Blvd. 
Austin, TX  78741 

206 North McKinney 
Sweeny, TX  77480 

5707 Woodway 
Houston, TX 77057 

3802 Oak Lawn Avenue 
Dallas, TX  75219 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Address 

Deposits at December 31, 2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Victoria 

Waugh Drive 

West Columbia 

Westmoreland 

Wharton 

William Cannon 

Winnie 

Woodcreek 

2702 North Navarro 
Victoria, TX  77901 

55 Waugh Drive 
Houston, TX 77007 

510 East Brazos 
West Columbia, TX  77486 

2415 South Westmoreland Rd. 
Dallas, TX  75211 

143 West Burleson 
Wharton, TX 77488 

1901 William Cannon 
Austin, TX  78745 

146 Spur 5 
Winnie, TX  77665 

2828 FM 1960 East 
Houston, TX  77073 

$ 58,334 

  48,981 

  48,906 

  61,125 

  76,180 

2,544 

  11,897 

  64,839 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

Neither the Company nor the Bank is currently a party to any material legal proceeding. 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2004. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II. 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER  

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Company’s Common Stock began trading on November 12, 1998 and is listed on the Nasdaq National Market System 
under the symbol “PRSP”.  Prior to that date, the Common Stock was privately held and not listed on any public exchange or actively 
traded.  As of March 1, 2005, there were 27,471,396 shares outstanding and 1,020 shareholders of record.  The number of beneficial 
owners is unknown to the Company at this time. 

The following table presents the high and low sales prices for the Common Stock reported on the Nasdaq National Market 

during the two years ended December 31, 2004: 

2004 

            Fourth Quarter .......................................  
Third Quarter .........................................  
Second Quarter ......................................  
First Quarter...........................................  

2003 

            Fourth Quarter .......................................  
Third Quarter .........................................  
Second Quarter ......................................  
First Quarter...........................................  

Dividends 

High 

$  29.53 
27.75 
24.60 
25.15 

High 

$  24.35 
22.99 
19.90 
19.84 

Low 

$  26.09 
23.23 
21.89 
22.30 

Low 

$  20.75 
18.65 
16.16 
  16.30 

 Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors 
out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor.    While  the  Company  has  declared  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock  since  1994,  and  paid 
quarterly dividends aggregating $0.3075 per share in 2004 and $0.25 per share in 2003, there is no assurance that the Company will 
continue to pay dividends in the future. 

The principal source of cash revenues to the Company is dividends paid by the Bank with respect to the Bank’s capital stock.  
There are certain restrictions on the payment of such dividends imposed by federal and state banking laws, regulations and authorities.  
Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if it will cause the Bank to be "undercapitalized."  The Bank is also subject to risk-
based capital rules that restrict its ability to pay dividends.  The risk-based capital rules set a specific schedule for achieving minimum 
capital levels in relation to risk-weighted assets.  Regulatory authorities can impose stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to 
pay dividends if they consider the payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice.   

The  cash  dividends  declared  per  share  by  quarter  (and  paid  on  the  first  business  day  of  the  subsequent  quarter)  for  the 

Company’s last two fiscal years were as follows: 

2004 

2003 

Fourth quarter .................................................  

$0.0825 

$0.0625 

 Third quarter....................................................  

0.0750 

  Second quarter ................................................  

0.0750 

First quarter.....................................................  

0.0750 

0.0625 

0.0625 

0.0625 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
                      
 
 
                       
 
 
                     
 
 
                       
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

              None. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had two stock option plans, both of which were approved by the Company's 

shareholders.  In December 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive 
Plan (“2004 Plan”), which authorizes the issuance of up to 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to shareholder approval.  The 
Company’s shareholders approved the 2004 Plan at a special meeting of shareholders on February 23, 2005.  The following table 
provides information as of December 31, 2004 regarding the Company's equity compensation plans under which the Company’s 
equity securities are authorized for issuance, other than the 2004 Plan: 

Plan category 

  Equity compensation plans   
  approved by security holders.......... 

  Equity compensation plans not 
  approved by security holders.......... 

 Number of securities to  
  be issued upon exercise  
of outstanding options, 
  warrants and rights 

(a) 

  Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
  outstanding options   
(b) 

918,409(1) 

$ 

19.64 

-- 

-- 

Total ........................................ 

918,409 

$ 

19.64 

______________________________ 

  Number of securities 
remaining available for 
  future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected 
in column (a)) 
(c) 

136,500 

-- 

136,500 

(1) Includes (a) 14,782 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with 
the acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $10.65 and (b) 31,127 shares which may be 
issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of MainBancorp, Inc. at a 
weighted average exercise price of $16.26.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

None. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected consolidated financial data for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year period ended 
December 31, 2004 are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the 
notes thereto and the information contained in “Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations.”   The  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  December  31,  2004  and  2003 and  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year 
period  ended  December  31,  2004  and  the  report  thereon  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  are  included  elsewhere  in  this  document.  The 
historical financial data of the Company has been restated to include the accounts and operations of Commercial Bancshares, Inc. for 
all periods prior to February 23, 2001.  All per share data for 2002 and prior years has been restated to include the two-for-one stock 
split effective May 31, 2002. 

2004 

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
2002   

2001   

2003   

2000   

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income .....................................................    
Interest expense ....................................................    
  Net interest income  ..........................................  
Provision for credit losses.....................................  
  Net interest income after provision 

for credit losses .............................................    
Noninterest income...............................................    
Noninterest expense..............................................    
Income before taxes..........................................    

Provision for income taxes ...................................  
Net income ...........................................................  

Per Share Data(2): 
Basic earnings per share .......................................  
Diluted earnings per share ....................................  
Book value per share ............................................  
Cash dividends declared. ......................................  
Dividend payout ratio ...........................................  
Weighted average shares outstanding (basic) 

(in thousands). ..................................................  

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted) 

(in thousands). ..................................................  

Shares outstanding at end of period 

         (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$ 111,756 
29,789 
81,967 
880 

$  90,845 
26,346 
64,499 
483 

$  80,742 
 28,101 
52,641 
1,010 

$  76,520 
    37,410 
39,110 
700 

$  70,079 
  36,751 
  33,328 
275 

81,087 
23,071 
51,707 
52,451 
17,744 
$  34,707 

  64,016 
16,966 
   42,021    
38,961 
   12,413 
  $   26,548 

38,410 
8,635 

    51,631 
    11,594 
    32,349             28,715 (1) 
     18,330 (1) 
    30,876 
       9,555               5,372 (1) 

  33,053 
7,796 
  25,616 
  15,233 
4,532 
  $   21,321        $   12,958 (1)  $  10,701 

$ 

1.61 
1.59 
12.32 
0.31 
19.22% 

$  

1.38 
  1.36 
  10.49 
.25 

  $       1.25      $         0.80 (3) 
       0.79 (3) 
5.47 
  0.195 

    1.22  
  8.19 
  0.22 

  18.29% 

18.13%    

24.39% 

  $  0.67 
0.65 
4.98 
0.18 
25.75% 

21,534 

  19,225 

  17, 122 

16,172 

  16,064 

21,804 

  19,536 

  17, 442 

16,498 

  16,454 

(in thousands). ..................................................  

22,381 

  20,930 

  18, 896 

16,210 

  16,144 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end): 
Total assets ...........................................................  
Securities ..............................................................  
Loans ....................................................................  
Allowance for credit losses...................................    
Total intangibles ...................................................    
Total deposits .......................................................  
Borrowings and notes payable..............................  
Total shareholders' equity.....................................  
Junior subordinated debentures ............................  

Average Balance Sheet Data: 
Total assets ...........................................................  
Securities ..............................................................  
Loans ....................................................................  
Allowance for credit losses...................................    
Total goodwill and intangibles .............................    
Total deposits .......................................................  
Total shareholders' equity.....................................  
Junior subordinated debentures ............................  

$2,697,228 
  1,302,792 
  1,035,513 
 13,105 
  164,672 
2,317,076 
 38,174 
  275,647 
  47,424(4) 

$2,400,487 
1,376,880 
  770,053 
10,345 
  124,755 
2,083,748 
30,936 
  219,588 
  59,804 

$1,823,286 
  950,317 
  679,559 
9, 580  
72,410 
1,586,611 
37,939 
   154,739 
   34,030 

$1, 263,169  $1,146,520 
  586,952 
  411,203 
5,523 
   24,003  
1,033,546 
  13,931 
  80,333 
  12,380 

    752,322   
  424,400 
         5,985 
  22,641 
    1,123,397   
  18,080 
88,725 
27,844 

$2,543,088 
1,383,790 
  871,736 
11,454 
  139,405 
2,189,695 
  243,274 
  59,288(5) 

$2,006,869 
1,108,153 
  697,235 
9,525 
    81,485 
1,749,045 
   170,167 
  39,400 

$1,470,758 
  818,362 
   524,885 
 7,350 
38,531 
1,300,884 
  114,234 
      29,648 

$1,191,783 
    666,241 
  419,553 
  5,586 
  22,807 
    1,061,195   
85,319 
19,468 

$1,046,262 
     550,431 
     383,054 
         5,245 
20,292 
     920,526 
       72,952 
       12,380 

(Table continued on next page) 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios: 
Return on average assets...................................  
Return on average equity..................................  
Net interest margin ...........................................  
Efficiency ratio (7) .............................................  

Asset Quality Ratios (8): 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and 
  other real estate. ............................................  
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries)  
   to average loans .............................................  
Allowance for credit losses to total 

loans..............................................................  

Allowance for credit losses to 
  nonperforming loans (9) .................................  

Capital Ratios(8): 
Leverage ratio...................................................  
Average shareholders' equity to average 

total assets.....................................................  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio. ..........................  
Total risk-based capital ratio ............................  
__________________ 

  2004 

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  

  2003 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

  2002 

  2001 

  2000 

  1.36%     
 14.27 
  3.56 
        49.23 

1.32%     

  15.60 
3.52 
  51.58 

 1.45%    

1.09% (6)  

           15.19 (6) 

     18.66 
3.86 

      50.36               60.14 (6) 

 3.50 

1.02% 
   14.67   
3.43  
62.29 

  0.17% 

0.13% 

0.38%             0.00% 

         0.32% 

  0.06   

0.23   

0.08                 0.06   

(0.04) 

  1.27 

1.34 

1. 41 

1.41 

1.34  

949.6 

  1,519.1 

  408.53 

n/m(10) 

700.89  

  6.30% 

7.10% 

6.56%   

7.57% 

6.17%   

  9.57 
 13.56 
 14.67 

8.48 
  15.82 
  16.90 

7.77 
14.10 
15.30 

7.16 
18.34 
19.52 

6.98  
13.80    
14.93   

(1)  Certain income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes merger-related expenses of $2.4 million, net of tax., incurred in 

connection with the Commercial merger.  

(2)  Adjusted for a two-for one stock split effective May 31, 2002.  

(3)   Earnings per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 2001 include merger-related expenses of $2.4 million.   

(4)  Consists $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust II due July 31, 2031, $6.2 million of junior 

subordinated debentures of Paradigm Capital Trust II due February 20, 2031, $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity 
Statutory Trust III due September 17, 2033 and $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust IV due 
December 30, 2033.   

(5)  Consists of $12.4 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Capital Trust I due November 12, 2029 (fully redeemed on 

December 31, 2004), $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust II due July 31, 2031, $6.2 million of junior 
subordinated debentures of Paradigm Capital Trust II due February 20, 2031, $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity 
Statutory Trust III due September 17, 2033 and $12.9 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust IV due 
December 30, 2033.   

(6)  Selected performance ratios for the year ended December 31, 2001 include the merger-related expenses of $2.4 million.   

(7)  Calculated by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding securities losses and credit loss provisions, by net interest income plus noninterest 

income, excluding securities gains.  Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation. 

(8)  At period end, except for net loan charge-offs to average loans and average shareholders' equity to average total assets, which is for periods 

ended at such dates.  

(9)  Nonperforming  loans  consist  of  nonaccrual  loans,  loans  contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more,  restructured  loans  and  any  other  loan 

management deems to be nonperforming. 

(10)  Amount not meaningful.  Nonperforming assets totaled $1,000 at December 31, 2001. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM  7.    MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 
OPERATIONS 

Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

Statements and financial discussion and analysis contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts are 
forward-looking  statements  made  pursuant  to  the  safe  harbor  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  
Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the 
Company’s control.  Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and performance of the Company and 
could cause such results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These possible 
events or factors include, without limitation:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changes in interest rates and market prices, which could reduce the Company’s net interest margins, asset valuations and expense 
expectations; 

changes in the levels of loan prepayments and the resulting effects on the value of the Company’s loan portfolio; 

changes in local economic and business conditions which adversely affect the Company’s customers and their ability to transact 
profitable business with the company, including the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans according to their 
terms or a change in the value of the related collateral; 

increased competition for deposits and loans adversely affecting rates and terms; 

the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to identify suitable future 
acquisition candidates, the success or failure in the integration of their operations, and the ability to enter new markets 
successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; 

increased credit risk in the Company’s assets and increased operating risk caused by a material change in commercial, consumer 
and/or real estate loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio; 

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of and provisions made to the allowance for credit losses; 

changes in the availability of funds resulting in increased costs or reduced liquidity; 

increased asset levels and changes in the composition of assets and the resulting impact on the Company’s capital levels and 
regulatory capital ratios; 

the Company’s ability to acquire, operate and maintain cost effective and efficient systems without incurring unexpectedly 
difficult or expensive but necessary technological changes; 

the loss of senior management or operating personnel and the potential inability to hire qualified personnel at reasonable 
compensation levels;  

changes in statutes and government regulations or their interpretations applicable to financial holding companies and the 
Company’s present and future banking and other subsidiaries, including changes in tax requirements and tax rates;  

acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, weather or other acts of God and other 
matters beyond the Company’s control; and 

other  risks  and  uncertainties  listed  from  time  to  time  in  the  Company’s  reports  and  documents  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission. 

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement.  
The Company believes it has chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable.  However, the Company 
cautions you that assumptions or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences between assumptions or bases and 
actual results can be material.   

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a 

result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless the securities laws require the Company to do so. 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of the 
Company's  balance  sheets  and  statements  of  income.  This  section  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company's  consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K. The Commercial merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests and therefore the historical financial data of the Company has 
been restated to include the accounts and operations of Commercial for all periods prior to February 23, 2001. 

Overview  

For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 

The Company generates the majority of its revenues from interest income on loans, service charges on customer accounts and 
income from investment in securities.  The revenues are offset by interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings and non-
interest expenses such as administrative and occupancy expenses.  Net interest income is the difference between interest income on 
earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings which are used to fund 
those assets.  Interest income is the Company’s largest source of revenue, representing 60.8% of total revenue during 2004.  The level 
of interest rates and the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and margin.  The 
Company has recognized increased net interest income due primarily to an increase in the volume of interest-earning assets. 

Three  principal  components  of  the  Company’s  growth  strategy  are  internal  growth,  stringent  cost  control  practices  and 
strategic  merger  transactions.    The  Company  focuses on continual  internal  growth.    Each  Banking Center  is  operated  as  a  separate 
profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall 
profitability. Banking Center Presidents and Managers are accountable for performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. 
The Company also focuses on maintaining stringent cost control practices and policies.  The Company has invested significantly in the 
infrastructure  required  to  centralize  many  of  its  critical  operations,  such  as  data  processing  and  loan  application  processing.  
Management believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial additional growth while enabling the Company 
to  minimize  operational  costs  through  certain  economies  of  scale.    The  Company  also  intends  to  continue  to  seek  expansion 
opportunities.  During  2003,  eleven  banking  centers  were  acquired  in  the  Dallas/Fort  Worth  area.  The  acquisitions  of  Abrams  and 
Dallas  Bancshares  were  completed  in  May  and  June  2003,  respectively,  adding  three  banking  centers  in  Dallas.  The  mergers  with 
MainBancorp and FSBNT were completed in November and December 2003, respectively, adding an additional eight banking centers 
in Dallas.  As a part of these acquisitions, two of the acquired banking centers were combined into existing banking centers nearby 
bringing the total to nine banking centers added in 2003.   During 2004, seven banking centers were acquired in the Austin, Texas 
area.  The acquisitions of both Liberty Bancshares, Inc. and Village Bank and Trust s.s.b. were completed on August 1, 2004. 

Net  income  was  $34.7  million,  $26.6  million  and  $21.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002, 
respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $1.59, $1.36 and $1.22, respectively, for these same periods. Earnings growth during 
both 2004 and 2003 resulted principally from an increase in loan volume and acquisitions, including the Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, 
MainBancorp, FSBNT, Liberty and Village acquisitions. Earnings growth during both 2003 and 2002 also resulted principally from an 
increase  in  loan  volume  and  acquisitions,  including  the  Abrams,  Dallas  Bancshares,  MainBancorp,  FBNT,  Texas  Guaranty,  First 
State, Paradigm, FNB and Southwest acquisitions. The Company posted returns on average assets of 1.36%, 1.32% and 1.45% and 
returns on average equity of 14.27%, 15.60% and 18.66% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  The 
Company's efficiency ratio was 49.23% in 2004, 51.58% in 2003 and 50.36% in 2002.  

Total assets at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $2.697 billion, $2.400 billion and $1.823 billion, respectively. Total 
deposits  at  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002  were  $2.317  billion,  $2.084  billion,  and  $1.587  billion,  respectively,  with  deposit 
growth  in  each  period  resulting  from  acquisitions  and  internal  growth.    Total  loans  were  $1.036  billion  at  December  31,  2004,  an 
increase of $265.5 million or 34.5% from $770.1 million at the end of 2003.  Total loans were $679.6 million at year-end 2002.  At 
December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  $1.4  million  in  nonperforming  loans  and  its  allowance  for  credit  losses  was  $13.1  million.  
Shareholders' equity was $275.6 million, $219.6 million and $154.7 million at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  

On May 31, 2002, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend to shareholders 
of record on May 20, 2002.  The Company issued approximately 8.1 million shares in connection with the split.  All per share and 
share information for 2002 and prior periods has been restated to reflect this split. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The Company’s accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported.  The Company’s accounting policies 
are  described  in  detail  in  Note  1  to  the consolidated financial  statements.    The  Company  believes  that  of  its  significant  accounting 
policies, the allowance for credit losses may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity: 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses - The allowance for credit losses is a reserve established through charges to earnings in the form 
of a provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated 
losses in the Company's loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a monthly review of the 
allowance  for  credit  losses  to  the  Bank's  Board  of  Directors,  indicating  any  change  in  the  allowance  since  the  last  review  and  any 
recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical loan 
loss experience, industry diversification of the Company's commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related 
collateral,  the  volume,  growth  and  composition  of  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  changes  that  may  affect  the 
borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review 
process and other relevant factors.  Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is 
available  for  any  credit  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  should  be  charged  off.    Charge-offs  occur  when  loans  are  deemed  to  be 
uncollectible.    The  allowance  for  credit  losses  includes  allowance  allocations  calculated  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  114,  “Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of  a  Loan,”  as  amended  by  SFAS  118,  and 
allowance allocations determined in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” 

Results of Operations  

Net Interest Income  

The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income 
on  interest-earning  assets,  including  securities  and  loans,  and  interest  expense  incurred  on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  including 
deposits  and  other  borrowed  funds.  Interest  rate  fluctuations,  as  well  as  changes  in  the  amount  and  type  of  earning  assets  and 
liabilities, combine to affect net interest income.  The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.”  It is also affected by changes in yields earned 
on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.”   

The Company adopted FIN 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” on January 1, 2004.  FIN 46R requires that 
Prosperity  Capital  Trust  I,  Prosperity  Statutory  Trust  II,  Prosperity  Statutory  Trust  III,  Prosperity  Statutory  Trust  IV  and  Paradigm 
Capital Trust II be deconsolidated from the consolidated financial statements.  After adoption, the trust preferred securities issued by 
each of the foregoing trusts are no longer shown in the consolidated financial statements.  Instead, the junior subordinated debentures 
issued  by  the  Company  to  each  of  these  trusts  are  shown  as  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  interest  expense 
associated  with  such  junior  subordinated  debentures  is  shown  as  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.    The 
dividend expense associated with the trust preferred securities for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 was previously 
shown as noninterest expense. Prior period data has been restated to reflect the adoption of FIN 46R. 

2004 versus 2003. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $82.0 
million compared with $64.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an increase of $17.5 million or 27.1%. The improvement 
in net interest income for 2004 was principally due to an increase in average interest-earning assets to $2.302 billion at December 31, 
2004 from $1.830 billion at December 31 2003, an increase of $471.3 million or 25.8%.  The improvement in net interest income for 
2004 was also partially due to a decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities that was greater than the decrease in the yield 
on  earning-assets.    Total  cost  of  interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased  15  basis  points  from  1.79%  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2003 to 1.64% for the year ended December 31, 2004 while total yield on interest-earning assets decreased only 10 basis points from 
4.96%  at  December  31,  2003  to  4.86%  at  December  31,  2004.    At  December  31,  2004,  period  end  demand  deposits  represent  an 
important component of funding sources and averaged 22.4% of total period end deposits in 2004 compared with 22.4% in 2003. 

Net interest margin (not on a tax equivalent basis), defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, 
for 2004 was 3.56% up four basis points from 3.52% in 2003. The increase in the net interest margin is attributable to an increase in 
interest earning assets.   

2003 versus 2002. Net interest income before provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $64.5 
million compared with $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, an increase of $11.9 million or 22.5%. The improvement 
in net interest income for 2003 was principally due to an increase in average interest-earning assets.  Average interest-earning assets 
increased $466.2 million from $1.364 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $1.830 billion for the year ended December 31, 
2003.  Total cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 73 basis points from 2.52% for the year ended December 31, 2002 to 1.79% 
for the year ended December 31, 2003. Total yield on interest-earning assets decreased 96 basis points from 5.92% for the year ended 
December 31, 2002 to 4.96% for the year ended December 31, 2003.  The net interest margin (not on a tax equivalent basis) decreased 
34 basis points to 3.52% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 3.86% for the year ended December 31, 2002 due to the yield on 
earning assets decreasing at a greater rate than the decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities.  

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  for  the  periods  indicated  the  total  dollar  amount  of  average  balances,  interest  income  from 
average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed 
both in dollars and rates. Except as indicated in the footnotes, no tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all average balances are 
daily average balances. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.  

  Outstanding      Earned/  
  Balance 

  Paid 

Assets 
Interest-earning assets: 
  Loans................................................................   $  871,736  $  55,779 
  Securities (1)......................................................  
55,241 
  Federal funds sold and other temporary 

  1,383,790 

2004 

Average 

    Interest   Average      Average 

Years Ended December 31, 
2003 
 Interest 
 Earned/  
  Paid 

  Average   
  Yield/ 
    Rate 

  Average   

  Interest   Average 

2002 

  Outstanding   Earned/    Yield/ 
    Rate 

  Balance 

  Paid 

  Yield/    Outstanding   
  Rate 

  Balance 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  6.40% 
  3.99   

$  697,235 
  1,108,153 

  $ 46,686 
    43,911 

  6.70% 
  3.96   

$  524,885 
818,362 

  $  38,330 
  42,104 

  7.30% 
  5.14   

investments ....................................................  

46,121 

736 

  1.60   

24,976 

248 

  0.99   

20,956 

308 

  1.47   

Total interest-earning assets. .......................  

  2,301,647 

  111,756    4.86% 

  1,830,364 

  90,845 

 4.96% 

  1,364,203 

  80,742 

 5.92% 

  Less allowance for credit losses ......................  

(11,454 ) 

(9,525 ) 

(7,350)   

Total interest-earning assets, net 
of allowance...............................................       2,290,193      

  Noninterest-earning assets ..............................  

252,895 

Total assets...................................................   $2,543,088 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity 
Interest-bearing liabilities:  

Interest-bearing demand deposits....................   $  485,557  $ 

  Savings and money market accounts. .............  
  Certificates of deposit......................................  
  Junior subordinated debentures.......................  
  Federal funds purchased and other 

495,330 
735,095 
59,288 

  1,820,839       
186,030 

$2,006,869 

  1,356,853 
113,905 

$1,470,758 

5,027 
4,002 
15,557 
4,046 

  1.04%  $ 
  0.81   
  2.12   
  6.82   

371,801 
406,333 
616,353 
39,400 

$  4,187 
3,502 
  14,944 
2,630 

  1.13%  $ 
  0.86   
  2.42   
  6.68   

249,045  $   
315,717 
505,796 
29,648 

3,162    1.27% 
  1.65   
  3.28   
  7.32 

  5,219 
 16,595 
  2,170 

borrowings. ....................................................  

40,119 

1,157 

  2.88   

38,824   

1,083 

  2.79   

  16,435 

955 

  5.81   

Total interest-bearing 
liabilities.....................................................  

  1,815,389 

    29,789 

  1.64% 

  1,472,711 

  26,346  1.79%  

  1,116,641 

  28,101 

  2.52% 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits... ..........  
  Other liabilities.......................................... .....  

473,713 
10,712 

Total liabilities. ............................................  

  2,299,814 

Shareholders' equity ............................................  

243,274 

Total liabilities and shareholders' 
equity. ........................................................   $2,543,088 

354,558 
9,433 

  1,836,702 

170,167 

230,326 
9,557 

1, 356,524  

114,234 

$2,006,869   

        $ 1,470,758 

Net interest rate spread ........................................  

3.21 % 

3.17%  

  3.40%  

Net interest income and margin (2) ......................  
Net interest income and margin ..........................  
  (tax-equivalent basis) (3).....................................  

__________________________________________ 

  $ 

 81,967 

  3.56% 

$  64,499  3.52%  

$  52,641  3.86%  

  $ 

 83,631 

  3.63% 

$  66,612  3.64%  

$  54,564  4.00%  

(1)  

Yield is based on amortized cost and does not include any component of unrealized gains or losses.  

(2)  

The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.  

(3) 

In  order  to  make  pretax  income  and  resultant  yields  on  tax-exempt  investments  and  loans  comparable  to  those  on  taxable  investments  and  loans,  a  tax-
equivalent adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and other applicable 
effective tax rates.  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for 
the  major  components  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  and  distinguishes  between  the  increase  (decrease) 
related to higher outstanding balances and the changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and 
volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.  

Years Ended December 31,  

2004 vs. 2003 

2003 vs. 2002 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

  Due to Change in 
  Volume   
  Rate 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
  Due to Change in 
  Volume   

Rate 

  Total 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  Total 

Interest-earning assets: 
  Loans............................................................................ $  11,684 
10,922 
  Securities......................................................................  
  Federal funds sold and other temporary 

$ 

(2,591 )  $ 
408   

9,093 
11,330 

$  12,586 
14,909 

$ 

(4,230 ) 
(13,102 ) 

$  8,356 
1,807 

investments............................................................  
 Total increase (decrease) in interest income ..........  

210   
22,816 

  278   
(1,905 ) 

488   
  20,911  

59       

27,554 

  (119)                  (60)  
 10,103 

(17,451 ) 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits.................................  
  Savings and money market accounts............................  
  Certificates of deposit. .................................................  
Junior subordinated debentures ....................................  
  Federal funds purchased and other borrowings. ...........  
Total increase (decrease) in interest expense ........  

1,281   
767   
2,879   
1,328   
36   
6,291 
Increase (decrease) in net interest income ........................ $  16,525 

$ 

Provision for Credit Losses  

    840 

500   

  (441 ) 
(267 ) 
  (2,266 ) 
88   
38   
(2,848 ) 

    613 
 1,416 
  74 
3,443   
943    $  17,468 

1,559 
    1,498 
    3,627 
714 

(534 ) 
  (3,215 ) 
  (5,278 ) 
(254 ) 
  1,301            (1,173)   
(10,454 ) 
(6,997 ) 

8,699 
$  18,855 

$ 

1,025   
(1,717 ) 
(1,651 ) 
460 
128   
(1,755 ) 
$  11,858 

The Company’s provision for credit losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in order to 
bring the Company’s allowance for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors discussed under  
“Financial  Condition  -  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”.    The  allowance  for  credit  losses  at  December  31,  2004  was  $13.1  million, 
representing  1.27%  of  outstanding  loans.    The  provision  for  credit  losses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  was  $880,000 
compared with $483,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. In 2004, an additional $400,000 provision for credit losses was made 
in anticipation of increased charge-offs related to loans acquired in merger transactions that year.   Total net charge-offs for the year 
ended December 31, 2004 were $485,000 compared with $1.6 million in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2003.  The 
provision  for  credit  losses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003  was  $483,000  compared  with  $1.0  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2002.  In  2002,  an  additional  $500,000  provision  for  credit  loss  was  made  in  anticipation  of  increased  charge-offs 
related to loans acquired through acquisitions that year.   The increased charge-offs were made in 2003, with net charge-offs of $1.6 
million compared with $396,000 in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2002.   

Noninterest Income  

The Company’s primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts and other banking 
service related fees.  Non-interest income does not include loan origination fees which are recognized over the life of the related loan 
as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.   Banking related service fees include check cashing fees, official check fees, safe 
deposit box rent and currency handling fees.  For the year ended December 31, 2004, noninterest income totaled $23.1 million, an 
increase of $6.1 million or 36.0% compared with $17.0 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in insufficient 
funds charges and customer service charges which resulted from an increase in the number of accounts due to the MainBancorp and 
FSBNT  acquisitions  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2003  and  the  Liberty  and  Village  acquisitions  completed  in  August  2004.    The  two 
acquisitions in late 2003 and the two acquisitions in 2004 added approximately 33,500 deposit accounts and over 5,000 debit cards. 
Noninterest income for 2003 was $17.0 million, an increase of $5.4 million or 46.3% from $11.6 million in 2002, resulting largely 
from an increase in service charges due to the additional deposit accounts from the Abrams and Dallas Bancshares in 2003 and the 
Paradigm, FNB and Southwest acquisitions in the third and fourth quarters of 2002. 

24 

         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:  

  2004  

Years Ended December 31,  
  2003  
(Dollars in thousands) 

  2002 

Service charges on deposit accounts................................... 
Banking related service fees ............................................... 
Trust and investment income .............................................. 
Gains on sales of assets (net) .............................................. 
Gain on sale of securities .................................................... 
Other noninterest income.................................................... 
Total noninterest income. .............................................. 

$20,215 
  1,002 
214 
389(1) 
78 
  1,173 
$23,071 

$14,236 
780 
502 
379 
-- 
  1,069 
$16,966 

$  9,764 
527 
444 
39 
-- 
820 
$  11,594 

__________________________________ 
(1) Includes gains on the sale of TIB-The Independent BankersBank stock acquired in various acquisitions and a gain on the sale of 

real property acquired in the Paradigm acquisition. 

Noninterest Expense  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  noninterest  expense  totaled  $51.7  million,  an  increase  of  $9.7  million  or  23.1% 
compared  with  $42.0  million  for  the  same  period  in  2003.  This  increase  is  principally  due  to  increases  in  salaries  and  employee 
benefits, net occupancy and depreciation costs, core deposit intangibles amortization and other expenses which includes advertising 
expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2003, noninterest expense totaled $42.0 million, an increase of $9.7 million or 29.9% over 
$32.3 million for the same period in 2002.  The increase is primarily attributable to the additional general operating costs associated 
wit the acquisitions made in 2002. These items and other changes in the various components of noninterest expense are discussed in 
more detail below. 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:  

Salaries and employee benefits (1) .............................................. 
Non-staff expenses: 

  2004  

Years Ended December 31,  
  2003  
(Dollars in thousands) 

  2002  

$27,860 

$22,422 

$ 16,379 

Net occupancy expense ................................................. 
Depreciation expense .................................................... 
Data processing ............................................................. 
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance ................ 
Ad valorem and franchise taxes..................................... 
Core deposit intangibles amortization ........................... 
Communications expense (2).......................................... 
Other.............................................................................. 
Total noninterest expense. ................................ 

  4,814 
  2,843 
  2,036 
 524 
  1,154 
  1,781 
  2,929 
  7,766 
$51,707 

  4,492 
  2,535 
  2,128 
427 
851 
818 
  2,528 
  5,820 
$42,021 

  3,439 
  1,830 
  2,131 
367 
676 
192 
  1,926 
  5,409 
$32,349 

______________________ 
(1)  Salaries and employee benefits expense includes $141,000 and $26,000 in 2004 and 2003 respectively, in compensation related 

to the granting of stock options.   

(2)  Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses. 

Salaries and Employee Benefits.  Salaries and employee benefits increased $5.4 million from $22.4 million at December 31, 
2003  to  $27.9  million  at  December  31,  2004  primarily  due  to  increased  staff  associated  with  the  MainBancorp  and  FSBNT 
acquisitions  in  fourth  quarter  2003  and  the  Village  and  Liberty  acquisitions  in  2004.  The  increase  is  also  partially  attributable  to 
annual  merit  increases.    The  number  of  associates  employed  by  the  Company  increased  from  629  at  December  31,  2003  to  653  at 
December 31, 2004. In accordance with the Company’s adoption of SFAS 123, salaries and employee benefits expense for the year 
ended December 31, 2004 includes $141,000 in compensation expense related to the granting of stock options compared with $26,000 
for the year ended December 31, 2003.  Salaries and employee benefits increased $6.0 million from $16.4 million at December 31, 
2002  to  $22.4  million  at  December  31,  2003  primarily  due  to  increased  staff  associated  with  the  Abrams  and  Dallas  Bancshares 
acquisitions in 2003 and the Texas Guaranty, Paradigm, First State, FNB and Southwest acquisitions in 2002.   

25 

 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Occupancy and Depreciation Expenses.  Net occupancy expense increased $322,000 or 7.2% to $4.8 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2004  compared  with  $4.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003.    Depreciation  expense  increased 
$308,000  from  $2.5  million  to  $2.8  million  for  the  same  periods.  Both  increases  are  attributable  to  the  addition  of  seven  banking 
centers  associated  with  the  acquisitions  made  in  2004  and  an  additional  6  banking  centers  associated  with  the  FSBNT  and 
MainBancorp acquisitions in fourth quarter 2003.   Net occupancy expense increased $1.1 million or 30.6% to $4.5 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2003 compared with $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.  Depreciation expense increased 
$705,000 from $1.8 million to $2.5 million for the same periods. Both increases are attributable to the addition of nine banking centers 
acquired in 2003. 

Communications  Expense.    Communications  expense  includes  telephone,  data  circuits,  postage  and  courier  expenses.  
Communications expense was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared with $2.5 million for the same period in 
2003, an increase of $401,000 or 15.9%.  The increase is attributable to the addition of seven banking centers in Austin, Texas in 2004 
and  an  additional  6  banking  centers  associated  with  the  FSBNT  and  MainBancorp  acquisitions  in  fourth  quarter  2003.  
Communications expense increased $602,000 or 31.3% from $1.9 million for the year December 31, 2002 to $2.5 million for the same 
period in 2003. The increase is associated with the addition of nine banking centers acquired in 2003. 

Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization.  Core deposit intangibles amortization was $1.8 million for the year ended December 
31, 2004 compared with $818,000 for the same period in 2003, an increase of $963,000 or 117.7%.  The increase is attributable to the 
addition of $4.7 million in core deposit intangible assets related to the MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 
2003  and  the  Liberty  and  Village  acquisitions  completed  in  August  2004.    Core  deposit  intangibles  are  being  amortized  on  an 
accelerated basis over an eight year life.  Core deposit intangibles amortization increased $626,000 or 326.0% from $192,000 for the 
year December 31, 2002 to $818,000 for the same period in 2003. The increase is associated with the addition of $2.6 million in core 
deposit intangible assets related to the acquisitions made in 2003. 

Other Noninterest Expense. Other operating expenses of $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 represented an 
increase of $1.9 million or 33.4% compared with $5.8 million in 2003. The increase is primarily attributable to increased advertising 
costs and the additional general operating costs associated with the acquisition of seven banking centers in 2004 and the MainBancorp 
and  FSBNT  acquisitions  in  the  fourth  quarter  2003.    Other  operating  expenses  increased  $411,000  or  7.6%  from  $5.4  million  at 
December  31,  2002  to  $5.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003.    The  increase  is  attributable  to  additional  operating 
expenses related to the acquisitions made in 2003. 

Efficiency Ratio.  The efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation of the 
Company  and  is  not  defined  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  The  efficiency  ratio  is  calculated  by  dividing  total 
noninterest expense, excluding securities losses and credit loss provisions, by net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding 
securities gains.  Taxes  are  not  part  of  this calculation.   An  increase  in  the  efficiency ratio  indicates  that  more  resources  are being 
utilized  to  generate  the  same  volume  of  income,  while  a  decrease  would  indicate  a  more  efficient  allocation  of  resources.        The 
Company's efficiency ratio was 49.23% at December 31, 2004, a decrease from 51.58% at December 31, 2003.  The decrease reflects 
the  Company’s  continued  success  in  controlling  operating  expenses  and  the  cost  savings  achieved  with  the  acquisitions  made  in 
2004.  The Company’s efficiency ratio was 50.36% at December 31, 2002. 

Income Taxes   

The amount of federal income tax expense is influenced by the amount of taxable income, the amount of tax-exempt income, 
the  amount  of  nondeductible  interest  expense  and  the  amount  of  other  nondeductible  expenses.    For  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2004, income tax expense was $17.7 million compared with $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $9.6 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2002.  The increases were primarily attributable to higher pretax net earnings which resulted from an 
increase  in  net  interest  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  when  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2003  and  2002.    The 
effective tax rate in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was 33.8%, 31.9% and 30.9%, respectively.   The effective 
income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% during the comparable periods primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt 
income from loans and securities. 

Impact of Inflation  

The Company's consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this annual report on Form 10-K have been 
prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    These  require  the  measurement  of  financial  position  and 
operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due 
to inflation. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unlike  many  industrial  companies,  substantially  all  of  the  Company's  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    As  a 
result,  interest  rates  have  a  more  significant  impact  on  the  Company's  performance  than  the  effects  of  general  levels  of  inflation.  
Interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.  However, 
other expenses do reflect general levels of inflation. 

Financial Condition  

Loan Portfolio  

At  December  31,  2004,  total  loans  were  $1.036  billion,  an  increase  of  $265.5  million  or  34.5%  from  $770.1  million  at 
December  31,  2003.  The  growth  in  loans  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  combined  effect  of  internal  growth  and  the  Liberty  and 
Village acquisitions.  At December 31, 2004, total loans at the banking centers acquired in 2004 totaled $189.0 million.  At December 
31, 2004, total loans were 44.7% of deposits and 38.4% of total assets. At December 31, 2003, total loans were 37.0% of deposits and 
32.1% of total assets. Loans increased 13.3% during 2003 from $679.6 million at December 31, 2002 to $770.1 million at December 
31, 2003.  The growth in loans is primarily attributable to internal growth and the 2003 acquisitions.  

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:  

2004 

2003 

December 31,  
2002 

2001 

2000 

 Amount  

Percent   

 Amount    Percent    Amount 

  Percent    Amount   Percent   

 Amount 

  Percent 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Commercial and industrial ............................   $  144,432 
Real estate: 
  Construction and land 

  13.9% 

$  93,989 

  12.2% 

$  93,797 

  13.8%  $  46,986    11.1%    $  46,529     11.3%   

development. ............................................  
  1-4 family residential....................................  
  Home equity .................................................  
  Commercial mortgages.................................  
  Farmland.......................................................  
  Multifamily residential .................................   
Agriculture......................................................  
Other ...............................................................  
Consumer (net of unearned discount). ..........  

109,591 
  260,453 
  34,453 
  369,151 
 22,240 
   18,187 
 21,906 
2,246 
  52,854 

  10.6 
  25.2 
  3.3 
  35.6 
  2.1 
  1.9 
  2.1 
  0.2 
  5.1 

Total loans.........................................   $1,035,513  100.0% 

  36,470 
  237,055 
  27,943 
  260,882 
  15,247 
  20,679 
  20,693 
2,274 
  54,821 
$770,053   

4.7   
  30.8   
3.6   
  33.9   
2.0   
2.7   
2.7   
0.3   
  7.1   

  52,377 
  206,586 
  23,249 
  183,970 
  11,887 
  15,502 
  24,683 
3,020 
  64,488 
  100.0%    $679,559  

7.7   
  30.4   
3.4   
  27.1   
1.7   
2.3 
3.6   
0.4   
  9.6   

  20,963   
4.9 
175,253          41.3 
4.8 
  20,541   
18.5 
  78,446   
2.5 
  10,686   
2.3 
  9,694   
3.7 
  15,757   
0.2 
953   
  10.7 

  20,128   
 175,525   
  16,762   
  75,896   
  12,218   
  2,961   
  13,251   
  2,563   

4.9 
42.7 
4.1 
18.5 
3.0 
0.7  
3.2 
0.6 
  11.0 

  45,121 
  100.0%  $ 424,400    100.0% 

  45,370 
 $411,203    100.0% 

The Company is focused on growing its commercial mortgage and commercial loan portfolios. The Company’s commercial 
mortgages grew from $260.9 million at December 31, 2003 to $369.1 million at December 31, 2004, an increase of $108.3 million or 
41.5%.    The  Company’s  commercial  and  industrial  loans  grew  from  $94.0  million  at  December  31,  2003  to  $144.4  million  at 
December 31, 2004, an increase of $50.4 million or 53.7%.The Company offers a variety of commercial lending products including 
term  loans  and  lines  of  credit.  The  Company  also  offers  a  broad  range  of  short  to  medium-term  commercial  loans,  primarily 
collateralized, to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business expansion (including acquisitions of 
real estate and improvements) and the purchase of equipment and machinery. Historically, the Company has originated loans for its 
own account and has not securitized its loans. The purpose of a particular loan generally determines its structure. All loans in the 1-4 
family residential category were originated by the Company.  

 All loans above $1.5 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers' loan committee, which meets weekly. In addition 
to an officers’ loan committee evaluation, loans from $5.0 million to $10.0 million are evaluated and acted upon by the Directors Loan 
Committee, which consists of three directors and meets as necessary and loans over $10.0 million must be evaluated and acted upon 
by the full board of directors which meets monthly. 

Commercial Loans.  In nearly all cases, the Company's commercial loans are made in the Company's market areas and are 
underwritten  on  the  basis  of  the  borrower's  ability  to  service  the  debt  from  income.  As  a  general  practice,  the  Company  takes  as 
collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and obtains a personal guaranty of the 
borrower  or  principal.  Working  capital  loans  are  primarily  collateralized  by  short-term  assets  whereas  term  loans  are  primarily 
collateralized  by  long-term  assets.    In  general,  commercial  loans  involve  more  credit  risk  than  residential  mortgage  loans  and 
commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return.  The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type of 
collateral securing these loans.  The increased risk also derives from the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced 
principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful.  Historical trends have shown these types 
of  loans  to  have  higher  delinquencies  than  mortgage  loans.    As  a  result  of  these  additional  complexities,  variables  and  risks, 
commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.   

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Commercial  Mortgages.  The  Company  makes  commercial  mortgage  loans  collateralized  by  real  estate  to  finance  the 
purchase  of  real  estate.    The  Company's  commercial  mortgage  loans  are  collateralized  by  first  liens  on  real  estate,  typically  have 
variable interest rates and amortize over a ten to 15 year period. Payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on 
the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions 
in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a 
variety  of  ways,  including  giving  careful  consideration  to  the  property's  operating history,  future  operating projections,  current  and 
projected  occupancy,  location  and  physical  condition  in  connection  with  underwriting  these  loans.    The  underwriting  analysis  also 
includes credit verification, appraisals and a review of the financial condition of the borrower. 

1-4 Family Residential Loans.  A significant portion of the Company's lending activity has consisted of the origination of 1-4 
family residential mortgage loans collateralized by owner-occupied properties located in the Company's market areas. The Company 
offers  a variety  of  mortgage  loan  products  which generally  are  amortized over five  to  25  years.  Loans  collateralized by  1-4  family 
residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 90% of appraised value or have mortgage insurance. 
The Company requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance.  The Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential 
loans for  its  own  account  rather  than  selling  such  loans  into  the  secondary  market.    By  doing  so,  the  Company  is  able  to  realize  a 
higher yield on these loans; however, the Company also incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on 
such loans. 

Construction  Loans.    The  Company  makes  loans  to  finance  the  construction  of  residential  and,  to  a  limited  extent, 
nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating interest rates. 
The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans.  
Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company's construction lending activities.  Construction 
loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under construction, 
and  the  project  is  of  uncertain  value  prior  to  its  completion.  Because  of  uncertainties  inherent  in  estimating  construction  costs,  the 
market  value  of  the  completed  project  and  the  effects  of  governmental  regulation  on  real  property,  it  can  be  difficult  to  accurately 
evaluate  the  total  funds  required  to  complete  a  project  and  the  related  loan  to  value  ratio.  As  a  result  of  these  uncertainties, 
construction  lending  often  involves  the  disbursement  of  substantial  funds  with  repayment  dependent,  in  part,  on  the  success  of  the 
ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project 
prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, 
the  Company  may  be  required  to  fund  additional  amounts  to  complete  a  project  and  may  have  to  hold  the  property  for  an 
indeterminate period of time. While the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable 
levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described 
above.  

Agriculture Loans.  The Company provides agricultural loans for short-term crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and 
corn, farm equipment financing and agricultural real estate financing. The Company evaluates agricultural borrowers primarily based 
on  their  historical  profitability,  level  of  experience  in  their  particular  agricultural  industry,  overall  financial  capacity  and  the 
availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agricultural loans 
present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in 
order to monitor and identify such risks. 

Consumer Loans.  Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle 
loans,  boat  loans,  home  improvement  loans,  home  equity  loans,  personal  loans  (collateralized  and  uncollateralized)  and  deposit 
account  collateralized  loans.  The  terms  of  these  loans  typically  range  from  12  to  120  months  and  vary  based  upon  the  nature  of 
collateral and size of loan. Consumer loans entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer 
loans that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral 
for  a  defaulted  consumer  loan  may  not  provide  an  adequate  source  of  repayment  for  the  outstanding  loan  balance.  The  remaining 
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. 
In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be 
adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws 
may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.  

28 

 
 
 
 
The contractual maturity ranges of the commercial and industrial and construction and land development portfolios and the 
amount  of  such  loans  with  predetermined  interest  rates  and  floating  rates  in  each  maturity  range  as  of  December  31,  2004  are 
summarized in the following table:  

  One Year  
  or Less   

  $72,934 
 84,235  
 $157,169 
$ 39,873 
 117,296 
 $157,169 

December 31, 2004 

After One 
  Through  
Five Years 

After Five 
   Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  $55,947 
 19,766 
  $75,713 
$ 23,736 
 51,977 
  $75,713 

$ 15,551 
   5,590  
  $21,141 
$  4,351 
   16,790 
  $21,141 

  Total 

$ 144,432 
   109,591 
$ 254,023 
$  67,960 
  186,063 
$ 254,023 

Commercial and industrial..............................................  
Construction and land development ...............................  
Total................................................................  
Loans with a predetermined interest rate. .......................  
Loans with a floating interest rate...................................  
Total................................................................  

Nonperforming Assets  

The  Company  has  several  procedures  in  place  to  assist  it  in  maintaining  the  overall  quality  of  its  loan  portfolio.  The 
Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers and the Company also monitors its delinquency levels 
for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's loan portfolio will not become subject to 
increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.  

The Company requires appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation 
of the borrower's overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible write-downs or appropriate additions to 
the allowance for credit losses.  

The  Company  generally  places  a  loan  on  nonaccrual  status  and  ceases  accruing  interest  when  the  payment  of  principal  or 
interest is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral 
fully supports the carrying value of the loan. The Company generally charges off such loans before attaining nonaccrual status.  

The  Company's  conservative  lending  approach  has  resulted  in  strong  asset  quality.  The  Company  had  $1.7  million  in 
nonperforming assets at December 31, 2004 compared with $927,000 at December 31, 2003 and $2.6 million at December 31, 2002.  
Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $54,000 and $38,000, respectively. 

The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:  

Nonaccrual loans. ..........................................................  
Restructured loans. .........................................................  
Other nonperforming loans.............................................  
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due .......................  
Total nonperforming loans..................................  
Other real estate.............................................................  
Total nonperforming assets................................  

Nonperforming assets to total loans 

  2004 

$ 

$ 

297 
-- 
-- 
1,083 
1,380 
341 
1,721 

$ 

$ 

December 31,  

2003 

  2002 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  2001 

  2000 

 2 
-- 
-- 
679 
681 
246 
927 

$   1,125 
-- 
1,100 
120 
2,345 
219 
$  2,564 

$ 

$ 

1 
  -- 
-- 
  -- 
1 
-- 
1 

$ 

  10 
  -- 
-- 
778 
788 
545 
 $  1,333 

and other real estate ..................................................  

0.17%   

0.13% 

0.38% 

0.00% 

0.32% 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses  

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related data:  

Years Ended December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 

  2002 

  2001 

  2000 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Average loans outstanding...........................................  

$  871,736 

$ 697,235 

$ 524,885 

 $419,553 

 $383,054 

Gross loans outstanding at end of period. ....................  

$1,035,513 

$ 770,053 

$ 679,559 

 $424,400 

 $411,203 

Allowance for credit losses at 
  beginning of period .................................................  
Balance acquired with the Liberty and Village 

acquisitions in 2004, Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, 
MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions in 2003,  
Texas Guaranty, First State, Paradigm, FNB and 
Southwest acquisitions in 2002 and the Compass 
 acquis ition in 2000, 

 respectively..............................
Provision for credit losses............................................  
Charge-offs: 
  Commercial and industrial ......................................  
  Real estate and agriculture ......................................  
  Consumer................................................................  
Recoveries: 
  Commercial and industrial ......................................  
  Real estate and agriculture ......................................  
  Consumer................................................................  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries. .......................................  
Allowance for credit losses at end of period................  

Ratio of allowance to end of period 

loans........................................................................  

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) to  

average loans ..........................................................  

Ratio of allowance to end of period  
  nonperforming loans ...............................................  
___________________________ 

$ 

10,345   

$ 

9,580 

$ 

5,985 

$ 

5,523 

$  5,031 

2,365   
880   

(139 )  
(613 ) 
(198 ) 

1,900 
483 

(810 ) 
(960 ) 
 (471 ) 

239   
65    
161    
 (485 ) 
$   13,105   

159   
198   
266   
(1,618 ) 
$  10,345   

2,981 
1,010 

(356 ) 
(231 ) 
(180 ) 

111   
175   
85   
(396 ) 
$  9580   

-- 
700 

(180 ) 
(175 ) 
(74 ) 

15   
121   
55   
(238 ) 
5,985   

46 
275 

(116 ) 
  (38 ) 
 (63 ) 

43   
263   
82   
   171 
5,523 

$ 

$ 

1.27% 

0.06   

1.34% 

0.23   

1.41 % 

1.41 % 

 1.34 % 

0.08   

0.06   

      (0.04) 

949.6 

  1,519.1 

408.5 

n/m(1) 

  700.89 

(1) Amount not meaningful.  Nonperforming loans totaled $1,000 at December 31, 2001. 

The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  a  reserve  established  through  charges  to  earnings  in  the  form  of  a  provision  for  credit 
losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses in the Company's 
loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a monthly review of the allowance for credit losses 
to  the  Bank's  Board  of  Directors,  indicating  any  change  in  the  allowance  since  the  last  review  and  any  recommendations  as  to 
adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical loan loss experience, industry 
diversification of the Company's commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, 
growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic changes that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and 
the  value  of  collateral,  the  evaluation  of  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio  through  its  internal  loan  review  process  and  other  relevant 
factors.  Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be uncollectible.  

The Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual 

loans. Some of the risk elements include:  

for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower's ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to 

• 
income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of collateral; 

for  commercial  mortgage  loans  and  multifamily  residential  loans,  the  debt  service  coverage  ratio  (income  from  the 

• 
property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property 
value and future operating results typical of properties of that type; 

for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of 

• 
the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio;  

• 
for construction and land development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed 
lots or improvements constructed for resale or ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for 
presale or preleasing, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio;  

• 
for  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  the  operating  results  of  the  commercial,  industrial  or  professional  enterprise,  the 
borrower's  business,  professional  and  financial  ability  and  expertise,  the  specific  risks  and  volatility  of  income  and  operating 
results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral; and  

for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical 

• 
and expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral.  

In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit 

history of the borrower and any guarantors.  

The  Company  follows  a  loan  review  program  to  evaluate  the  credit  risk  in  the  loan  portfolio.  Through  the  loan  review 
process, the Company maintains an internally classified loan list which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps management 
assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.  Loans classified as “substandard” 
are  those  loans  with  clear  and  defined  weaknesses  such  as  a  highly-leveraged  position,  unfavorable  financial  ratios,  uncertain 
repayment sources or poor financial condition, which may jeopardize recoverability of the debt.  Loans classified as “doubtful” are 
those loans which have characteristics similar to substandard accounts but with an increased risk that a loss may occur, or at least a 
portion of the loan may require a charge-off if liquidated at present.  Loans classified as "loss'' are those loans which are in the process 
of being charged off.  For each classified loan, the Company generally allocates a specific loan loss reserve equal to a predetermined 
percentage of the loan amount, depending on the classification.   

In addition to the internally classified loan list and delinquency list of loans, the Company maintains a separate “watch list” 
which further aids the Company in monitoring loan portfolios. Watch list loans have one or more deficiencies that require attention in 
the  short  term  or  pertinent  ratios  of  the  loan  account  that  have  weakened  to  a  point  where  more  frequent  monitoring  is  warranted. 
These  loans  do  not  have  all  of  the  characteristics  of  a  classified  loan  (substandard  or  doubtful)  but  do  show  weakened  elements 
compared with those of a satisfactory credit. The Company reviews these loans to assist in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for 
credit losses. 

In  order  to  determine  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  management  considers  the  risk  classification  or 
delinquency status of loans and other factors, such as collateral value, portfolio composition, trends in economic conditions and the 
financial strength of borrowers. Management actively monitors the Company’s asset quality and establishes specific allowances for 
loans which management believes require reserves greater than those allocated according to their classification or delinquent status.  
An unallocated allowance is also established based on the Company's historical charge-off experience and existing general economic 
and  business  conditions  affecting  the  key  lending  areas  of  the  Company,  credit  quality  trends,  collateral  values,  loan  volume  and 
concentrations and seasoning of the loan portfolio. The Company then charges to operations a provision for credit losses to maintain 
the allowance for credit losses at an adequate level determined by the foregoing methodology.  

Federal and state bank regulators also require that a bank maintain a reserve that is sufficient to absorb an estimated amount 
of unidentified potential losses based on management's perception of economic conditions, loan portfolio growth, historical charge-off 
experience  and  exposure  concentrations.  Management,  along  with  a  number  of  economists,  has  perceived  during  the  past  year  an 
increasing instability in the national and Southeast Texas economies and a worldwide economic slowdown that could contribute to job 
losses and otherwise adversely affect a broad variety of business sectors.  In addition, as the Company has grown, its aggregate loan 
portfolio  has  increased  and  since  the  Company  has  made  a  decision  to  diversify  its  loan  portfolio  into  areas  other  than  1-4  family 
residential  mortgage  loans,  the  risk  profile  of  the  Company's  loans  has  increased.  By  virtue  of  its  increased  capital  levels,  the 
Company is able to make larger loans, thereby increasing the possibility that one uncollectible loan would have a more severe adverse 
impact.  

At December 31, 2004, the allowance for credit losses totaled $13.1 million, or 1.27% of total loans.  At December 31, 2003, 
the allowance aggregated $10.4 million or 1.34% of total loans and at December 31, 2002, the allowance was $9.6 million, or 1.41% 
of total loans.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              The following tables describe the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans and certain 
other  information  as  of  the  dates  indicated.    The  allocation  is  made  for  analytical  purposes  and  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the 
categories in which future losses may occur.  The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of loans.  

Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable to: 

Commercial and industrial ............................................ 
Real estate ..................................................................... 
Agriculture .................................................................... 
Consumer and other. ..................................................... 
Unallocated ................................................................... 
Total allowance for credit losses...................... 

2004 

2003 

December 31,  

  Percent of   
  Loans to 
Total Loans  

  Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  Percent of 
  Loans to 
Total Loans 

13.9% 
78.7 
2.1 
5.3 
-- 
100.0% 

$ 

253 
957 
35 
34 
9,066 
$ 10,345 

12.2% 
77.7 
2.7 
7.4 
 -- 
100.0% 

  Amount 

$ 

274 
503 
12 
26 
 12,290 
$ 13,105 

2002 

December 31,  

2001 

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Amount 

Amount 

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2000 

Percent of 
Loans to 

Amount  Total Loans 

Balance of allowance for credit losses 
   applicable to: 
         Commercial and industrial...............................   $  559 
397 
42 
71 
 8,781 

Real estate.......................................................  
Agriculture......................................................  
Consumer and other. .......................................  
Unallocated .....................................................  

Total allowance for credit 

13.8% 
72.6 
3.6 
10.0 
-- 

$  357 
553 
11 
10 
 5,054 

11.1% 
74.3 
3.7 
10.9 
-- 

$  625 
116 
17 
28 
 4,737 

   11.3% 
73.9 
3.2 
11.6 
-- 

losses. ..............................................   $ 9,850 

  100.0% 

$ 5,985 

  100.0% 

$ 5,523 

  100.0% 

The Company believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2004 is adequate to cover losses inherent in the  
portfolio as of such date. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not sustain losses in future periods, which could 
be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at December 31, 2004.  

Securities  

The Company uses its securities portfolio as a source of income, as a source of liquidity for cash requirements and to manage 
interest rate risk.  At December 31, 2004, investment securities totaled $1.30 billion, a decrease of $74.1 million or 5.4% from $1.38 
million at December 31, 2003.  The decrease in securities is primarily the result of the Company utilizing cash flow from the portfolio 
to  fund  loan  growth.    Securities  increased  to  $1.38  billion  at  December  31,  2003  from  $950.3  million  at  December  31,  2002,  an 
increase  of  $426.7  million  or  44.9%.    The  Company  acquired  $102.1  million  in  securities  from  the  Abrams,  Dallas  Bancshares, 
MainBancorp and FSNBT acquisitions in 2003.  At December 31, 2004, securities represented 48.3% of total assets compared with 
57.4% of total assets at December 31, 2003.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the amortized cost of securities as of the dates shown (available-for-sale securities are not 

adjusted for unrealized gains or losses).   

December 31,  

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

2000 

(Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

of U.S. government agencies. ................................... 

$ 

30,726  $ 

48,762  $ 

  70% non-taxable preferred stock ....................................... 

States and political subdivisions ........................................ 

Corporate debt securities.................................................... 
Collateralized mortgage obligations.............................. 
Mortgage-backed securities ............................................... 

Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB)........................... 

24,000 

37,698 

10,787 

238,994 

957,354 

8,000 

44,015 

45,738 

15,902 

178,487 

1,032,861 

8,000 

97,098 

44,029 

50,994 

25,338 

168,282 

552,515 

8,000 

$ 

143,397 

$ 

334,562 

24,058 

43,503 

22,712 

 17,378 

 492,940 

8,000 

19,085 

38,819 

24,906 
18,307 
 142,354 

8,000 

Total.................................................................................... 

$  1,307,559  $  1,373,765 

$  946,256 

$ 

751,988 

$ 

586,033 

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields.  Available-for-sale 
securities are shown at fair value and held-to-maturity securities are shown at amortized cost.  Equity securities are included in the 
corporate debt securities category. 

Within One 
Year 

After One Year 
but 
Within Five 
 Years 

Amount 

Yield 

Amount 

Yield 

December 31, 2004 

 After Five Years 
but 
Within Ten 

After Ten 

             Years 

               Years 

                    Total 

Amount 

Yield 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Amount  Yield 

Total 

Yield 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

of U.S. government agencies ...........  

$ 15,338 

   4.45% 

$   14,280 

  4.62% 

$  1,043 

 4.93 %  $ 

-- 

--% 

$  30,661 

4.55% 

70%  non-taxable preferred stock .............  

-- 

--   

-- 

--   

-- 

-- 

States and political subdivisions. ..............  

  4,693 

  5.66   

  14,612 

  5.41    

8,495 

  6.63 

  17,850 

  11,263 

3.69   

7.81   

  17,850 

   39,063 

Corporate debt securities...........................  

  3,667 

  5.48   

Collateralized mortgage obligations. ........  

-- 

--   

7,120 

1,520 

  5.77   

  2.61   

-- 

-- 

-- 

--   

  10,787 

  26,053 

  4.18 

 211,462 

  4.09 

   239,035 

  4.09 

3.69 

6.40 

5.67 

Mortgage-backed securities ......................  

265 

  5.12   

 11,324 

  5.55   

  580,567 

    4.09 

 365,240 

4.31   

   957,396 

4.19   

Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB)..  

-- 

--   

-- 

--   

  8,000 

  2.00 

-- 

--   

8,000 

  2.00 

Total...........................................................  

$ 23,963 

  4.85% 

$  48,856 

  5.18% 

$ 624,158 

  4.10 %  $ 605,815 

  4.28%  $1,302,792 

  4.24 % 

The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of 
their expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time.  Mortgage-backed securities monthly pay 
downs  cause  the  average  lives  of  the  securities  to  be  much  different  than  their  stated  lives.    For  purposes  of  the  above  table,  tax-
exempt states and political subdivisions are calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The QZAB bond is not calculated on a tax equivalent 
basis  and  it  generates  a  tax  credit  of  7.18%,  which  is  included  in  gross  income.    The  70%  non-taxable  preferred  stock  includes 
investments in Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) 
preferred stock. 

The  Company  does  not  own  securities  of  any  one  issuer  (other  than  the  U.S.  government  and  its  agencies)  for  which 

aggregate adjusted cost exceeds 10% of the consolidated shareholders' equity at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.  

The average yield of the securities portfolio was 3.99% in 2004 compared with 3.96% in 2003 and 5.14% in 2002.  The three 
basis point increase was primarily due to the Company reinvesting funds at higher rates in 2004 compared to 2003.  The decline in the 
average yield from 2002 to 2003 primarily resulted from the investment of new funds received from deposit growth at lower current 
yields and the reinvestment of proceeds from the early repayment of mortgage-backed securities in similar investments, also at lower 
current yields.  The early repayment of mortgage-backed securities primarily resulted from borrower refinancing due to lower market 
interest rates.  The overall growth in the securities portfolio over the comparable periods was primarily funded by deposit growth. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the carrying value by classification of securities as of the dates shown:  

2004 

2003 

December 31,  
2002 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2001   

   2000 

Available-for-sale...................................................... 

Held-to-maturity........................................................ 

Total.................................................................. 

$  177,683 

  1,125,109 

$1,302,792 

$  263,648 

  1,113,232 

$1,376,880 

$  309,219 

$  482,233 

641,098 

  270,089 

$  950,317 

$  752,322 

$  334,773 

   252,179 

$  586,952 

The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 

2004, 2003 and 2002:  

Amortized 
  Cost 

December 31, 2004 

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Gains   

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
  Value   

Amortized 
  Cost 

December 31, 2003 
Gross 
Unrealized 
  Gains   

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses  

(Dollars in thousands) 

   Fair 
  Value   

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

  of U.S. government agencies..........................   $  10,579 

$ 

70% non-taxable preferred stock .......................     24,000 

2 

-- 

States and political subdivisions. .......................     14,382 

  1,366 

Collateralized mortgage obligations ..................     13,143 

Mortgage-backed securities................................  

 112,050 

Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB)...........  

  8,000 

Other ...................................................................  

296 

76 

545 

-- 

-- 

$ 

69 

  $10,512 

$   15,824 

$ 

247 

$ 

 --  $   16,071 

  6,150 

  17,850 

-- 

35 

  15,748 

  13,184 

44,015 

15,141 

17,745 

502 

  112,093 

  159,525 

-- 

-- 

8,000 

296 

8,000 

283 

-- 

1,798 

510 

1,179 

-- 

-- 

327 

  43,688 

-- 

68 

  16,939 

  18,187 

224 

 160,480 

-- 

  8,000 

-- 

283 
619  $ 263,648 

Total. ...........................................................    $182,450 

$  1,989 

$  6,756  $ 177,683 

 $260,533 

$  3,734 

$ 

Amortized 

    Cost 

December 31, 2002 

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  Fair 
  Value 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

  of U.S. government agencies..........................    

  $  18,511 

$ 

70% non-taxable preferred stock .......................    

States and political subdivisions ........................    

Collateralized mortgage obligations ..................    

Mortgage-backed securities................................    

Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB)...........    

  44,029 

  19,115 

  18,616 

196,887  

  8,000 

65 

-- 

1,808 

596 

2,600 

-- 

Total. ..........................................................  

 $305,158 

$  5,069 

$  1,008 

$ 

  -- 

884 

-- 

14 

$  18,576 

43,145 

20,923 

19,198 

  110 

  199,377 

-- 

8,000 
$309,219   

The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 

2004, 2003 and 2002:  

December 31, 2004 

Amortized  Unrealized 
  Cost 

   Gains 

Gross 

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
  Value 

Amortized 
  Cost 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

  of U.S. government agencies.....................   $  20,147 

$ 

States and political subdivisions ...................  

23,317 

Corporate debt securities ...............................  

  10,491 

Collateralized mortgage obligations. ............  

  225,851 

661 

510 

301 

97 

$ 

6 

15 

-- 

$  20,802 

$  32,938 

23,812 

  30,597 

  10,792 

  15,619 

802 

  225,146 

 160,742 

December 31, 2003 

Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Unrealized 
  Gains   
  Losses 
 (Dollars in thousands) 

$  1,591 

  1,121 

743 

  1,338 

  7,806 

$ 

14 

-- 

-- 

191 

  3,175 

Fair 
  Value   

$  34,515   

  31,718 

  16,362   

   161,889 

   877,967 

 843,948 

  873,336 

$1,124,500 

$1,113,232 

$12,599         $      3,380        $1,122,451 

Mortgage-backed securities...........................  

  845,303 

  3,559 

Total .......................................................   $1,125,109 

$  5,128 

  4,914 

$  5,737 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

  of U.S. government agencies.......................... 

States and political subdivisions ........................ 

Corporate debt securities .................................... 

Collateralized mortgage obligations .................. 

Mortgage-backed securities................................ 

Total...................................................................  

Amortized 
  Cost 

$  78,587 

  31,879 

  25,338 

 149,666 

  355,628 

$ 641,098 

December 31, 2002 

  Gross 
Unrealized    Unrealized 

  Gross 

 Gains 
  Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
  Value 

$  3,131 

$ 

1,241 

942 

1,662 

  12,297 

$  19,273 

-- 

6 

$  81,718 

  33,114 

   87 

  26,193 

12 

  5 

  151,316 

  367,920 

$ 

110 

$ 660,261 

Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and which 
are principally issued by federal agencies such as Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), Fannie Mae and Freddie 
Mac. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest are 
guaranteed by the issuing agencies.  

Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed 
securities  provide  cash  flows  from  regular  principal  and  interest  payments  and  principal  prepayments  throughout  the  lives  of  the 
securities.  Mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates 
drop  because  home  owners  tend  to  refinance  their  mortgages.  Thus,  the  premium  paid  must  be  amortized  over  a  shorter  period. 
Therefore, these securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment.  As interest 
rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not 
tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and consequently, the average life of this security will not be shortened. If interest 
rates begin to fall, prepayments will increase.  At December 31, 2004, 38.1% of the mortgage-backed securities held by the Company 
had contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a weighted average life of 3.75 years.   

Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) are bonds that are backed by pools of mortgages.  The pools can be Ginnie Mae, 
Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pools or they can be private-label pools.  CMOs are designed so that the mortgage collateral will generate 
a  cash  flow  sufficient  to  provide  for  the  timely  repayment  of  the  bonds.    The  mortgage  collateral  pool  can  be  structured  to 
accommodate various desired bond repayment schedules, provided that the collateral cash flow is adequate to meet scheduled bond 
payments.  This is accomplished by dividing the bonds into classes to which payments on the underlying mortgage pools are allocated 
in different order.  The bond’s cash flow, for example can be dedicated to one class of bondholders at a time, thereby increasing call 
protection to bondholders.  In private-label CMOs, losses on underlying mortgages are directed to the most junior of all classes and 
then  to  the  classes  above  in  order  of  increasing  seniority,  which  means  that  the  senior  classes  have  enough  credit  protection  to  be 
given the highest credit rating by the rating agencies. 

At the date of purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held-to-
maturity, trading or available-for-sale.  At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed.  Investments in 
debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured at amortized cost in the financial statements only if management has 
the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of 
selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and 
losses  included  in  earnings.  Investments  not  classified  as  either  held-to-maturity  or  trading  are  classified  as  available-for-sale  and 
measured  at  fair  value  in  the  financial  statements  with unrealized gains and  losses  reported, net  of  tax,  in  a  separate  component of 
shareholders' equity until realized.  

Deposits  

The Company’s lending and investment activities are primarily funded by deposits. The Company offers a variety of deposit 
accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. The Company 
relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer service to attract and retain these deposits.  The Company does not have 
or accept any brokered deposits. 

Total  deposits  at  December  31,  2004  were  $2.32  billion,  an  increase  of  $233.3  million  or  11.2%  from  $2.08  billion  at 
December 31, 2003.  The increase is primarily attributable to internal growth and the Liberty and Village acquisitions in 2004. As of 
December 31, 2004, the banking centers acquired in 2004 had approximately $227.0 million in total deposits.  Noninterest-bearing 
deposits of $518.4 million at December 31, 2004 increased $51.0 million or 10.9% from $467.4 million at December 31, 2003.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing  deposits  at  December  31,  2003  were  $467.4  million  compared  with  $327.7  million  at  December  31,  2002. 
Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2004 were $1.80 billion, up $182.4 million or 11.3% from $1.62 billion at December 31, 
2003.    Interest-bearing  deposits  at  December  31,  2003  of  $1.62  billion  represented  a  $357.5  million  or  28.4%  increase  from  $1.26 
billion at December 31, 2002.  Total deposits at December 31, 2002 were $1.59 billion.  

The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 

and 2002 are presented below:  

Years Ended December 31,  

2004 

2003 

2002 

  Amount 

  Rate 

  Amount   
  Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  Amount 

  Rate 

Interest-bearing checking..............................................  
Regular savings. ...........................................................  
Money market savings..................................................  
Time deposits. ..............................................................  
Total interest-bearing deposits...........................  
Noninterest-bearing deposits ........................................  
Total deposits.....................................................  

$  485,557 
  110,801 
  384,529 
  735,095 
1,715,982 
  473,713 
$2,189,695 

1.04% 
0.59   
0.87   
2.12   
1.43   
-- 
1.12% 

$ 371,801 
88,651 
  317,682 
  616,353 
1,394,487 
  354,558 
$1,749,045 

1.13% 
0.66   
0.92   
2.42   
1.62   
--   
1.29% 

$ 249,045 
58,218 
  257,499 
  505,796 
1,070,558 
  230,326 
$1,300,884 

1.27 % 
1.41 
1.71 
3.28 
2.33 
-- 
1.92 % 

The Company’s ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 

2004, 2003, and 2002 was 21.6%, 20.3%, and 17.7%, respectively. 

The following table sets forth the amount of the Company's certificates of deposit that are $100,000 or greater by time 

remaining until maturity:  

               Three months or less.............................................................. 
               Over three through six months............................................... 
               Over six through 12 months................................................... 
               Over 12 months ..................................................................... 
        Total................................................................................ 

Other Borrowings  

December 31, 2004 
  (Dollars in thousands) 

$ 174,012 
  68,672 
  73,199 
   95,407 
$ 411,290 

The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of 
funds  from  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  and  correspondent  banks.    At  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  $13.1 
million in FHLB borrowings compared with $11.9 million in FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2003, all of which consisted of long-
term FHLB notes payable.  The $1.2 million increase is attributable to the acquisition of one note from Village Bank and Trust, ssb, 
partially offset by normal pay downs on the remaining notes. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from 2004 to 2028 
and the interest rates range from 4.64% to 6.48%.  FHLB advances are considered short-term, overnight borrowings.  The Company 
had no FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003.  The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during 2004 
was $50.0 million compared with $59.3 million during 2003.  The Company had no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2004 or 
2003. 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had $25.1 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with $19.0 

million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $6.1 million or 31.8%.  The increase is primarily attributable to the Liberty acquisition. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2004, the Company had four issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling $47.4 million as 

shown in the following table:   

Description 

Issuance Date 

Trust 
  Preferred 
  Securities 
 Outstanding  

Prosperity Statutory Trust II 

July 31, 2001 

$15,000,000

Paradigm Capital Trust II (1) 

Aug. 31, 2002 

     6,000,000

Junior 
 Subordinated 
  Debt Owed 
to Trusts 

  Maturity 

Date

$15,464,000 

July 31, 2031 

6,186,000  Feb. 20, 2031 

Interest Rate 

3-month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to 
exceed 12.50%

3-month LIBOR
+ 4.50%

Prosperity Statutory Trust III 

Aug. 15, 2003 

12,500,000

6.50%(2) 

12,887,000  Sept. 17, 2033 

Prosperity Statutory Trust IV 

Dec. 30, 2003 

12,500,000

6.50%(3) 

12,887,000  Dec. 30, 2033 

______________________________ 

(1)   Assumed in connection with the Paradigm acquisition on September 1, 2002. 
(2)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until September 17, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis based on the 

three-month LIBOR plus 3.00%. 

(3)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until December 30, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis based on the 

three-month LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

On  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  redeemed  in  full  the  $12.4  million  in  junior  subordinated  debentures  issued  to 
Prosperity Capital Trust I.  Prosperity Capital Trust I in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common securities it 
issued. 

Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing 
the  proceeds  in  the  Company's  junior  subordinated  debentures.  The  preferred  trust  securities  of  each  trust  represent  preferred 
beneficial  interests  in  the  assets  of  the  respective  trusts  and  are  subject  to  mandatory  redemption  upon  payment  of  the  junior 
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company. Each trust's ability 
to  pay  amounts  due  on  the  trust  preferred  securities  is  solely  dependent  upon  the  Company  making  payment  on  the  related  junior 
subordinated debentures.  The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all 
of  the  Company's  present  and  future  senior  indebtedness.    The  Company  has  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  each  trust's 
obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust 
has funds available for such obligations. 

Under  the  provisions  of  each  issue  of  the  debentures,  the  Company  has  the  right  to  defer  payment  of  interest  on  the 
debentures  at  any  time,  or  from  time  to  time,  for  periods  not  exceeding  five  years.    If  interest  payments  on  either  issue  of  the 
debentures are deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred. 

In late 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 46R (FIN 46R), "Consolidation of 
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (Revised December 2003)."  FIN 46R requires that 
trust preferred securities be deconsolidated from the Company's consolidated financial statements.  The Company adopted FIN 46R on 
January 1, 2004 and as a result, no longer reflects the trust preferred securities in its consolidated financial statements. Instead, the 
junior subordinated debentures are shown as liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets and interest expense associated 
with the junior subordinated debentures is shown as interest expense in the Company's consolidated statements of income. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk 

The Company's asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the necessary guidelines for effective 
funds management, and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position. 
The Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines.  

As a financial institution, the Company's primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest 
rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company's assets and liabilities, and the 
market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity.  Interest 
rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of 
future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and 
to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.   

The Company manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The 
Company does not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future contracts 
or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of the Company's operations, the 
Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets. 

The Company's exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of 
senior officers of the Company, in accordance with policies approved by the Company's Board of Directors.  The ALCO formulates 
strategies  based  on  appropriate  levels  of  interest  rate  risk.  In  determining  the  appropriate  level  of  interest  rate  risk,  the  ALCO 
considers  the  impact  on  earnings  and  capital  of  the  current  outlook  on  interest  rates,  potential  changes  in  interest  rates,  regional 
economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of 
assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase 
and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the ALCO reviews 
liquidity,  cash  flow  flexibility,  maturities  of  deposits  and  consumer  and  commercial  deposit  activity.    Management  uses  two 
methodologies  to  manage  interest  rate  risk:  (1)  an  analysis  of  relationships  between  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing 
liabilities; and (2) an interest rate shock simulation model. The Company has traditionally managed its business to reduce its overall 
exposure to changes in interest rates. 

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest 
rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and 
repricing  relationships  between  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  at  specific  points  in  time  (“GAP”)  and  by 
analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the 
mix  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  varied  interest  rate  environments.  Interest  rate  sensitivity  reflects  the  potential  effect  on  net  interest 
income of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or having a positive GAP, when the amount of 
its  interest-earning  assets  maturing  or  repricing  within  a  given  period  exceeds  the  amount  of  its  interest-bearing  liabilities  also 
maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP, 
when  the  amount  of  its  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing  or  repricing  within  a  given  period  exceeds  the  amount  of  its  interest-
earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to 
affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period 
of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to 
affect net interest income adversely.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s interest rate sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2004:  

Volumes Subject to Repricing Within 

 0-30 
   days 

31-180 
    days 

 181-365 
  days 

Greater than 
   one year  

  Total 

         (Dollars in thousands) 

Interest-earning assets: 

Securities (excluding unrealized loss of $4.8 million)  $ 
Loans. ................................................................... 
Federal funds sold and other earning assets .......... 
Total interest-earning assets....................... 

49,005 
  439,646 
 79,250 
$   567,901 

$  154,025 
  111,914 
100 
$  266,039 

$ 185,213 
91,269 
-- 
$ 276,482 

$  919,316 
  392,684 
-- 
$1,312,000 

$1,307,559 
1,035,513 
  79,350 
$2,422,422 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Demand, money market and savings 

deposits............................................................. 

$  1,026,120 

$ 

-- 

$ 

-- 

$ 

-- 

$1,026,121 

Certificates of deposit and other 

time deposits..................................................... 
Junior subordinated debentures............................ 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements....... 
 FHLB advances and FHLB notes payable ............ 
Total interest-bearing liabilities........................ 

 126,910 
22,774 
25,058 
52 
$  1,200,914 

  288,740 
-- 
-- 
262 
$  289,002 

  160,358 
-- 
-- 
323 
$ 160,681 

  196,590 
24,650 
-- 
12,479 
$  233,719 

Period GAP...................................................... 
Cumulative GAP.............................................. 
Period GAP to total assets. .............................. 
Cumulative GAP to total assets. ...................... 

$ 
$ 

(633,013 ) 
(633,013 ) 

$    (22,963 ) 
$  (655,976 ) 

$ 115,801     
$(540,175 ) 

$1,078,281 
$  538,106 

(23.47 ) % 
(23.47 ) % 

  (0.85 ) % 
  (24.32 ) %   

4.29 % 
(20.03 ) % 

 39.98 % 
 19.95 % 

  772,598 
  47,424 
  25,058 
  13,116 
$1,884,317 

$  538,106 

While  the  GAP  position  is  a  useful  tool  in  measuring  interest  rate  risk  and  contributes  toward  effective  asset  and  liability 
management, it is difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that measure, without accounting for alterations in 
the maturity or repricing characteristics of the balance sheet that occur during changes in market interest rates.  For example, the GAP 
position  reflects  only  the  prepayment  assumptions  pertaining  to  the  current  rate  environment.    Assets  tend  to  prepay  more  rapidly 
during  periods  of  declining  interest  rates  than  during  periods  of  rising  interest  rates.    Because  of  this  and  other  risk  factors  not 
contemplated by the GAP position, an institution could have a matched GAP position in the current rate environment and still have its 
net interest income exposed to increased rate risk.  Additionally, the Company had $518.4 million in noninterest bearing deposits at 
December 31, 2004 which are not reflected in the table above and are not directly impacted by interest rate changes. 

In addition to GAP analysis, the Company uses an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the interest 
rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet, respectively. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans 
are  incorporated  in  the  model  as  are  prepayment  assumptions,  maturity  data  and  call  options  within  the  investment  portfolio. 
Assumptions  based  on  past  experience  are  incorporated  into  the  model  for  nonmaturity  deposit  accounts.  Based  on  the  Company's 
December 31, 2004 simulation analysis, the Company estimates that its current net interest income would decrease by approximately 
4.60% over the next twelve months assuming an immediate 100 basis point decline in rates and increase by approximately 1.7% over 
the next twelve months assuming an immediate 100 basis point increase in rates.  The Company estimates that its current net interest 
income would decrease by approximately 12.6% over the next twelve months assuming an immediate 200 basis point decline in rates 
and  increase  by  approximately  2.3%  over  the  next  twelve  months  assuming  an  immediate  200  basis  point  increase  in  rates.    The 
results  are  primarily  from  the  behavior of demand,  money  market  and savings deposits.    The  Company  has  found  that  historically, 
interest  rates  on  these  deposits  change  more  slowly  than  changes  in  the  discount  and  federal  funds  rates.    This  assumption  is 
incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a GAP analysis. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity involves the Company's ability to raise funds to support asset growth or reduce assets to meet deposit withdrawals 
and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the Company on an ongoing basis. During 
the three years ended December 31, 2004, the Company's liquidity needs have primarily been met by growth in core deposits and the 
issuance of junior subordinated debentures, as previously discussed.  Although access to purchased funds from correspondent banks is 
available and has been utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on 
these external funding sources. The cash and federal funds sold position, supplemented by amortizing investment and loan portfolios, 
have generally created an adequate liquidity position.  

39 

                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
                                                     
 
 
 
Asset liquidity is provided by cash and assets which are readily marketable or which will mature in the near future.  As of 
December 31, 2004, the  Company had cash and cash equivalents of $137.9 million, up from $83.7 million, at December 31, 2003.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  an  increase  in  federal  funds  sold  of  $67.4  million,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  cash  of  $13.2 
million.    As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  junior  subordinated  debentures  outstanding  of  $47.4  million  compared  with 
$59.8 million at December 31, 2003. 

Contractual Obligations  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as 
of  December  31,  2004  (other  than  deposit  obligations).    The  Company’s  future  cash  payments  associated  with  its  contractual 
obligations  pursuant  to  its  junior  subordinated  debentures,  FHLB  notes  payable  and  operating  leases  as  of  December  31,  2004  are 
summarized  below.  Payments  for  FHLB  notes  payable  include  interest  of  $6.1  million  that  will  be  paid  over  the  future  periods. 
Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in underlying contracts.    

 1 year or less  

 More than 1   
 year but less   
than 3 years   

Payments due in: 
  3 years or  
  more but less  
  than 5 years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  5 years 
  or more   

Junior subordinated debentures.............................. 
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable............... 
Operating leases.................................................... 
Total........................................................... 

$ 

$  

-- 
1,575 
2,028 
3,603 

$ 

$ 

-- 
4,823 
3,643 
8,466 

$ 

$ 

-- 
2,377 
2,521 
4,898 

$ 

$ 

47,424 
10,464 
2,548 
60,436 

Off-Balance Sheet Items 

  Total 

$  47,424 
  19,239 
  10,740 
$  77,403 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting 

principles generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these 
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters 
of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the 
consolidated balance sheets.  

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit as of 
December 31, 2004 are summarized below.  Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit 
may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements: 

 1 year or less  

More than 1   
 year but less   
than 3 years   

  3 years or  
 more but less  
  than 5 years   
         (Dollars in thousands) 

  5 years 
  or more 

  Total 

Standby letters of credit ......................................... 
Commitments to extend credit ............................... 
Total........................................................... 

$ 

5,307 
119,400 
$   124,707 

$ 

$ 

548 
17,938 
18,486 

$ 

$ 

8 
1,739 
1,747 

$ 

$ 

-- 
51,768 
51,768 

5,863 
$ 
  190,845 
$  196,708 

     Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to 

guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of 
the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future 
payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is 
funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby 
letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. 

Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed 

expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments 
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company 
minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. 
Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance 
for credit losses. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Resources  

Capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The Company is 
subject  to  capital  adequacy  requirements  imposed  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  the  Bank  is  subject  to  capital  adequacy 
requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for 
assessing  bank  holding  company  and  bank  capital  adequacy.  These  standards  define  capital  and  establish  minimum  capital 
requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. The risk-based capital standards currently in 
effect  are  designed  to  make  regulatory  capital  requirements  more  sensitive  to  differences  in  risk  profiles  among  bank  holding 
companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and 
off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital ratios 
represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.  

The  risk-based  capital  standards  issued  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  require  all  bank  holding  companies  to  have  “Tier  1 
capital” of at least 4.0% and “total risk-based” capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) of at least 8.0% of total risk-weighted tangible assets. “Tier 1 
capital” generally includes common shareholders' equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock together with related surpluses and 
retained  earnings,  less  deductions  for  goodwill  and  various  other  intangibles.  “Tier  2  capital”  may  consist  of  a  limited  amount  of 
intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  a  limited  amount  of  term  subordinated  debt,  certain  hybrid  capital  instruments  and  other  debt 
securities, perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount of the general valuation allowance for loan 
losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.”  

The Federal Reserve Board has also adopted guidelines which supplement the risk-based capital guidelines with a minimum 
ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated tangible assets, or “leverage ratio,” of 3.0% for institutions with well diversified 
risk, including no undue interest rate exposure; excellent asset quality; high liquidity; good earnings; and that are generally considered 
to be strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under applicable federal guidelines, and that are not experiencing or anticipating 
significant growth. Other banking organizations are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. These rules further provide 
that  banking  organizations  experiencing  internal  growth  or  making  acquisitions  will  be  expected  to  maintain  capital  positions 
substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible 
assets.  

Pursuant to FDICIA, each federal banking agency revised its risk-based capital standards to ensure that those standards take 
adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks of nontraditional activities, as well as reflect the actual 
performance and expected risk of loss on multifamily mortgages. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the FDIC that 
are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve Board's guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has promulgated regulations 
setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  and  “critically  undercapitalized.”  Under  the  FDIC's  regulations,  the  Bank  is 
classified “well capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action.  

Total shareholders' equity increased to $275.6 million at December 31, 2004 from $219.6 million at December 31, 2003, an 
increase of $56.1 million or 25.5%.  This increase was primarily the result of net income of $34.7 million and an increase in Common 
Stock issued of $32.0 million in connection with the Liberty acquisition, partially offset by dividends paid on the Common Stock of 
$6.7 million.  During 2003, shareholders' equity increased by $64.9 million or 41.9% from $154.7 million at December 31, 2002 due 
primarily  to  net  income  of  $26.5  million  and  an  increase  in  Common  Stock  issued  of  $43.6  million  in  connection  with  the 
MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions partially offset by dividends paid on the Common Stock of $4.9 million.  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a comparison of the Company's and the Bank's leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of 

December 31, 2004 to the minimum and well capitalized regulatory standards:  

Minimum Required 
for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 

To Be Categorized as 

Well Capitalized Under Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provisions 

Actual Ratio at 
December 31, 2004 

The Company 

Leverage ratio. .............................................  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ......................  
Total risk-based capital ratio........................  

The Bank 

Leverage ratio. .............................................  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ......................  
Total risk-based capital ratio........................  

____________________ 

  3.00% (1) 
 4.00 
 8.00 

  3.00% (2) 
 4.00 
 8.00 

  N/A 
  N/A 
  N/A 

 5.00 % 

  6.00 
  10.00 

  6.30 % 
 13.56 
 14.67 

  6.07 % 
 13.09 
 14.20 

(1)  
(2)  

The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.  
The FDIC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum.  

The trust preferred securities issued by the trusts are currently included in the Company's Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes.  
On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules that continue to allow trust preferred securities to be included in Tier 1 
capital, subject to stricter quantitative and qualitative limits.  Currently, trust preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock 
are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank holding company's core capital elements.  The new rule amends the existing 
limit by providing that restricted core capital elements (including trust preferred securities and qualifying perpetual preferred stock) can 
be no more than 25% of core capital, net of goodwill and associated deferred tax liability.  Because the 25% limit currently is calculated 
without deducting goodwill, the final rule reduces the amount of trust preferred securities that the Company can include in Tier 1 capital.  
The amount of such excess trust preferred securities are includable in Tier 2 capital.  The new quantitative limits will be fully effective 
March 31, 2009. 

Assuming these final rules were effective at December 31, 2004, approximately $38.0 million of trust preferred securities would 
count as Tier 1 capital.  The excess amount of trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 2 capital.  Assuming these final rules were 
effective at December 31, 2004, the Company's consolidated capital ratios would have been: 

Pro forma  Consolidated Risk Based Capital Ratios: 
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)....................  
Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets) ...................  
Tier I captital (to average assets) ...........................  

14.67% 
12.89% 
5.99% 

Each of the trusts issuing the trust preferred securities holds junior subordinated debentures the Company issued with a 30-year 
maturity.  The final rules provide that in the last five years before the junior subordinated debentures mature, the associated trust preferred 
securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital and included in Tier 2 capital.  In addition, the trust preferred securities during this five-
year period would be amortized out of Tier 2 capital by one-fifth each year and excluded from Tier 2 capital completely during the year 
prior to maturity of the debentures. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT  MARKET RISK 

For information regarding the market risk of the Company’s financial instruments, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion 
and  Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operation  – Financial  Condition -  Interest Rate  Sensitivity and Market 
Risk”.  The Company’s principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements, the reports thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 51 of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K. 

The  following  table  presents  certain  unaudited  quarterly  financial  information  concerning  the  Company’s  results  of 
operations for each of the two years indicated below.  The information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated 
financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY 

   Quarter Ended 2004 
(unaudited) 

  December 31   

  September 30 

  June 30   

  March 31 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Interest income............................................  
Interest expense...........................................  
     Net interest income ................................  
Provision for credit losses...........................  
     Net interest income after provision ........  
Noninterest income .....................................  
Noninterest expense ....................................  
     Income before income taxes ..................  
Provision for income taxes..........................  
Net income..................................................  

Earnings per share: 
  Basic ......................................................  
  Diluted ...................................................  

$  30,308 
 8,106 
  22,202 
220 
  21,982 
6,233 
  13,987 
  14,228 
4,892 
$  9,336 

$  0.417 
$  0.412 

$  28,763 
7,696 
  21,067 
420 
  20,647 
6,111 
  13,194 
  13,564 
4,618 
$  8,946 

$  0.410 
$  0.405 

$  26,313 
6,962 
  19,351 
 120 
  19,231 
5,455 
  12,067 
  12,619 
4,257 
$  8,362 

$ 26,372 
7,025 
  19,347 
120 
  19,227 
5,272 
  12,459 
  12,040 
  3,977 
$  8,063 

$  0.399 
$  0.394 

$  0.385 
$  0.380 

Quarter Ended 2003 
(unaudited) 

  December 31 

  September 30   

  June 30   

  March 31 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Interest income............................................  
Interest expense...........................................  
     Net interest income ................................  
Provision for credit losses...........................  
     Net interest income after provision ........  
Noninterest income .....................................  
Noninterest expense ....................................  
     Income before income taxes ..................  
Provision for income taxes..........................  
     Net income.............................................  

Earnings per share: 
     Basic ......................................................  
     Diluted ...................................................  

$  25,054 
6,650 
  18,404 
123 
  18,281 
4,796 
  12,458 
  10,619 
3,427 
$  7,192 

$  0.359 
$  0.353 

$  21,365 
6,375 
  14,990 
120 
  14,870 
4,326 
9,707 
9,489 
3,019 
$  6,470 

$  0.341 
$  0.336 

$  22,214 
6,653 
  15,561 
120 
  15,441 
4,005 
9,925 
9,521 
3,024 
$  6,497 

$ 22,212 
6,668 
  15,544 
120 
  15,424 
3,839 
9,931 
9,332 
2,943 
$  6,389 

$  0.343 
$  0.338 

$  0.338 
$  0.333 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM  9.    CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

There have been no disagreements with accountants on any matter of accounting principles or practices or financial statement 

disclosures during the two year period ended December 31, 2004. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out by the Company’s 

management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. 

No changes were made to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

      The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  

      As of December 31, 2004, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. This assessment included controls over 
the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FRY-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.  Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on those criteria.  

      Deloitte & Touche, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of 
the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. The report is included in this Item 
under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  

44 

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
Houston, Texas   

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting, that Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet 
the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s 
assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the 
schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control 
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those 
standards require  that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing, and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal 
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, 
management, and other personnel to prove reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improver 
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  
Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to 
the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Also, in our opinion, the Company 
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement 
referring to compliance with laws and regulations. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 of the Company and our report dated March 8, 
2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Houston, Texas 
March 8, 2005 

PART III. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

The information under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers”, “Section 16(a) 
Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”,  “Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Procedures-Committees  of  the  Board  of 
Directors-Audit  Committee”  and  “Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Procedures-Code  of  Ethics”  in  the  Company’s  definitive 
Proxy Statement for its 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2005 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant 
to  Regulation 14A under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  is  incorporated  herein by  reference  in  response  to  this 
item. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Matters” in the 2005 Proxy Statement is incorporated 

herein by reference in response to this item. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

The information under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Management of the Company and Principal 

Shareholders” in the 2005 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

The  information  under  the  caption  “Interests  of  Management  and  Others  in  Certain  Transactions”  in  the  2005  Proxy 

Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information under the caption “Fees and Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2005 Proxy 

Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules 

Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements,  the reports thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data 

commencing at page 51 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Set forth below is a list of such Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Financial Statement Schedules 

All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required information is included in the Consolidated 

Financial Statements or notes thereto. 

Exhibits 

Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Exhibit 
Number (1) 

Description 

2.1                 -  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of October 25, 2004, by and between the 

Company and First Capital Bankers, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)). 

2.2 

-  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 1, 2002 by and between Prosperity  

Bancshares, Inc. and Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  
2.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-91248)) 

2.3 

- 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 22, 2002 by and between Prosperity Bancshares,  
Inc. and American Bancorp of Oklahoma, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to  
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002) 

2.4 

 2.5 

 2.6 

 2.7 

-  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of April 26, 2002 by and among Prosperity  

Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and The First State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to  
Exhibit 2.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,  
2002) 

-  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  by  and  between  the  Prosperity  Bancshares,  Inc  and 
Commercial  Bancshares,  Inc.  dated  November  8,  2000  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-52342)) 

-  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  by  and  between  Prosperity  Bancshares,  Inc.  and  South 
Texas Bancshares, Inc. dated June 17, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999)   

-  Agreement  and  Plan of  Reorganization  dated  June 5, 1998  by  and  among Prosperity,  Prosperity 
Bank and Union State Bank (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))  

 3.1 

-  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3.2 

-  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 

the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001)  

 4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

- 

- 

Form  of  certificate  representing  shares  of  Prosperity  common  stock  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  4  to  the  Company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (Registration  No. 
333-63267)) 

Indenture  dated  as  of  July  31,  2001  by  and  between  Prosperity  Bancshares,  Inc.,  as  Issuer,  and 
State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company  of  Connecticut,  National  Association,  with  respect  to  the 
Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

-  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Prosperity Statutory Trust II dated as of July 31, 
2001 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001) 

-  Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and 
State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (incorporated herein 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2001) 

10.1┼ 

10.2┼ 

- 

- 

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267)) 

10.3┼             - 

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

10.4┼             -  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and David 

Zalman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated January 18, 2005) 

10.5┼             -  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Prosperity Bank and H. E. 

Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated January 18, 2005) 

10.6┼             -  Employment Agreement between the Company, Prosperity Bank and D. Michael Hunter 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on 
Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767)) 

10.7┼ 

10.8┼ 

10.9┼ 

-  Commercial  Bancshares,  Inc.  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan  for  Key  Employees  (incorporated 
herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.5  to  the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8 
(Registration No. 333-57238)) 

- 

- 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Commercial Bancshares, Inc. Incentive Stock Option 
Plan  for  Key  Employees  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.6  to  the  Company's 
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-57238)) 

Paradigm  Bancorporation,  Inc.  1999  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-100815)) 

10.10┼ 

-  MainBancorp, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 

4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755)) 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
10.11┼ 

- 

Form  of  MainBancorp,  Inc.  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 
333-110755)) 

10.12┼*         - 

First Capital Bankers, Inc. 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan 

10.13┼*         -   First Capital Bankers, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan 

21.1* 

- 

Subsidiaries of Prosperity  Bancshares, Inc. 

23.1* 

-  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 

31.1* 

-  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934, as amended. 

31.2* 

-  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange  

Act of 1934, as amended. 

32.1* 

-  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant  

to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2* 

-  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted        

pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

----------------------------------------- 
┼ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
* Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(1) The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) 
of Regulation S-K.  The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon 
request. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston and 
State of Texas on March 14, 2005.  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.® 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant in the indicated capacities on March 14, 2005. 

By: /s/DAVID ZALMAN 

David Zalman 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Signature 

/s/DAVID ZALMAN 
David Zalman 

/s/NED S. HOLMES 
Ned S. Holmes 

/s/DAVID HOLLAWAY 
David Hollaway 

/s/H.E. TIMANUS, JR. 
H.E. Timanus, Jr. 

/s/JAMES A. BOULIGNY 

James A. Bouligny 

/s/CHARLES A. DAVIS, JR. 
  Charles A. Davis, Jr. 

/s/WILLIAM H. FAGAN, M.D. 
William Fagan, M.D. 

/s/CHARLES J. HOWARD, M.D. 
Charles Howard, M.D. 

D. Michael Hunter 

S. Reed Morian 

/s/PERRY MUELLER, JR., D.D.S. 
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S. 

/s/A. VIRGIL PACE, JR. 
A. Virgil Pace, Jr. 

/s/TRACY T. RUDOLPH 
Tracy T. Rudolph 

/s/HARRISON STAFFORD II 
  Harrison Stafford II 

/s/ROBERT STEELHAMMER 
  Robert Steelhammer 

Positions 

President and Chief Executive Officer (principal 
executive officer); Director 

Chairman of the Board; Director 

Chief Financial Officer (principal 
financial officer and principal 
accounting officer) 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Operating Officer; Director  

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

50 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

®
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ............................... 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003...................... 

Page 

52 

53 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 

2004, 2003 and 2002....................................................................................  

54 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the 

Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 .......................................  

55 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 

December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 ............................................................ 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................... 

56 

58 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
Houston, Texas 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prosperity Bancshares Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in 
the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated March 8, 2005, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting. 

Houston, Texas 
March 8, 2005 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

December 31,  

2004   

  2003   

(Dollars in thousands) 

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks.......................................................  
Federal funds sold..................................................................  
Total cash and cash equivalents.......................................  
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions...................  
Available for sale securities, at fair value .............................  
Held to maturity securities, at cost........................................  
Loans. ....................................................................................  
Less allowance for credit losses.............................................  
Loans, net ......................................................  
Accrued interest receivable....................................................  
Goodwill...............................................................................  
Core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization 
  of $2.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively .................  
Bank premises and equipment, net .......................................  
Other real estate owned ........................................................  
Other assets............................................................................  
TOTAL ASSETS...................................................................  

  LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
LIABILITIES: 
  Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing ...................................................  
Interest-bearing..........................................................  
Total deposits ................................................  
 Other borrowings..............................................................  
 Securities sold under repurchase agreements....................  
  Accrued interest payable...................................................  
  Other liabilities .................................................................  
Junior subordinated debentures.........................................  
Total liabilities...............................................  

SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY: 
  Preferred stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares 

$ 

58,760 
  79,150 
  137,910 
200 
  177,683 
1,125,109 
1,035,513 

(13,105 ) 

1,022,408 
10,171 
  153,180 

11,492 
  35,793  
341 
22,941 
$2,697,228 

$  518,358 
  1,798,718 
  2,317,076 
  13,116 
  25,058 
  3,102  
  15,805  
47,424 
   2,421,581 

$  71,983 
     11,730 
83,713 
  262 
263,648 
  1,113,232 
770,053 
(10,345 ) 
759,708 
10,119 
118,012 

6,743 
34,299 
 246 
  10,505 
$2,400,487 

$  467,389 
1,616,359 
2,083,748 
  11,929 
  19,007 
2,522 
  3,889 
  59,804 
  2,180,899 

authorized; none issued or outstanding.....................  

-- 

-- 

  Common stock, $1 par value; 50,000,000 shares 

authorized; 22,418,128 and 20,966,706 
shares issued at December 31, 2004 and  
2003, respectively; 22,381,040 and  
20,929,618 shares outstanding at 
December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively ...............  
  Capital surplus ..................................................................  
  Retained earnings..............................................................  
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income -- net  

       unrealized (loss)gain on available for sale  
       securities, net of tax benefit of $1,669 and tax 

 of $1,090, respectively 

  Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares.......................  
Total shareholders' equity..............................  

22,418 
134,288 
122,647 

 (3,099 ) 
(607 ) 
275,647 

20,967 
102,594 
94,610 

 2,024 
(607 ) 
  219,588 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’  

EQUITY. ...................................................................  

$2,697,228 

$2,400,487 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

For the Years Ended 
December 31,  

2004   
2003   
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2002   

$  55,779 

$  46,686 

$  38,330 

    52,771 
1,461 
1,009 
556 
180  
  111,756 

40,507 
1,625 
1,779 
232 
16 
   90,845 

39,289 
1,599 
1,216 
285 
23 
80,742 

  24,976 
2,170 
955 
28,101 

52,641 
1,010 

51,631 

9,764 
-- 
1,830 
11,594 

16,379 
3,439 
2,131 
192 
1,830 
8,378 
32,349 

30,876 
9,555 

24,586 
4,046 
1,157 
29,789 

81,967 
880  

81,087 

20,215 
78 
2,778 
23,071 

27,861 
4,814 
2,036 
1,781 
2,843 
12,372 
51,707 

22,633 
2,630 
1,083 
26,346 

64,499 
483 

64,016 

14,236 
-- 
2,730 
16,966 

22,422 
4,492 
2,128 
818 
2,535 
9,626 
42,021 

38,961 
12,413 

INTEREST INCOME:  
  Loans, including fees........................................  
  Securities: 

Taxable. ......................................................  
Nontaxable .................................................  
70% nontaxable preferred dividends ..........  
  Federal funds sold.............................................  
    Deposits in financial institutions.......................  
Total interest income. .............................  

INTEREST EXPENSE: 
  Deposits. ...........................................................  
  Junior subordinated debentures ........................  
  Note payable and other borrowings ..................  
Total interest expense .............................  

NET INTEREST INCOME..................................  
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES.............. ...  
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION 
  FOR CREDIT LOSSES....................................  

NONINTEREST INCOME: 
  Service charges on deposit accounts.................  
  Gain on sale of securities..................................  
  Other.................................................................  
Total noninterest income ........................  

NONINTEREST EXPENSE: 
  Salaries and employee benefits.........................  
  Net occupancy expense ....................................  
  Data processing ................................................  
  Core deposit intangibles amortization ..............  
  Depreciation expense........................................  
  Other.................................................................  
Total noninterest expense. ......................  

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES................  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES..................  

52,451 
   17,744 

NET INCOME......................................................  

$  34,707 

$  26,548 

$  21,321 

EARNINGS PER SHARE: 
  Basic .................................................................  

  Diluted..............................................................  

$ 

$ 

1.61 

1.59 

$ 

$ 

1.38 

1.36 

$ 

$ 

1.25 

1.22 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  Common Stock 

  Shares   

  Amount 

  Capital 
  Surplus 

Other  
  Retained  Comprehensive     Treasury 
  Earnings 

  Income (loss)    Stock 

Total 
  Shareholders’ 
Equity 

  (Dollars in thousands, except share data) 

  Accumulated 

88,725 
21,321 

2,427   
23,748    

260 

45,875   

(3 ) 

(3,866 ) 

154,739 
26,548 

(620 ) 
25,928    

995 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2002.................  
Net income ...............................................  
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)  

on available for sale securities...............  
Total comprehensive income....................  

        Sale of common stock in connection  

  16,218,022  $  16,218  $  16,865  $  55,462   
21,321 

$ 

217   

$ 

(37 )  $ 

2,427   

with the exercise of stock options .........  

  104,504 

105 

155 

Common stock issued in connection with 

Paradigm acquisition .............................  

2,580,502 

2,580 

43,295 

Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares in  

connection with the Paradigm  
acquisition..............................................  

Cash dividends declared, $0.22 

per share ...............................................  

(3) 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002............   18,903,028   

18,903 

60,312 

Net income ...............................................  
Net change in unrealized (loss) gain  

on available for sale securities...............  
Total comprehensive income....................  
        Sale of common stock in connection with 

the exercise of stock options..................  

  170,638 

171 

824 

Refund of escrow shares in connection 

with the Paradigm acquisition ...............  

Common stock issued in connection with 

the Mainbancorp acquisition .................  

1,499,966 

1,500 

33,149 

Common stock issued in connection with 

the FSBNT acquisition ..........................  
Stock option compensation........................  
Junior subordinated debentures issuance 

 costs ......................................................  

Cash dividends declared, $0.25 

per share ...............................................  
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003............  
Net income ...............................................  
Net change in unrealized (loss) gain  

on available for sale securities...............  
Total comprehensive income....................  
        Sale of common stock in connection with 

  393,074 

393 

8,538 
25 

(254 )   

  20,966,706 

20,967 

  102,594 

the exercise of stock options .................  

  206,321 

206 

840 

Common stock issued in connection with 

the Liberty acquisition...........................  
Stock option compensation........................  
Cash dividends declared, $0.31 

1,245,191 

1,245 

30,713 
141 

(3,866 ) 
72,917   
26,548 

2,644   

(37 ) 

(620 ) 

(570 )   

(570 ) 

(4,855 ) 
94,610   
34,707 

2,024   

(607 ) 

(5,123 ) 

34,649   

8,931   
25 

(254 ) 

(4,855 ) 

219,588 
34,707 

(5,123 ) 
29,584    

1,046 

31,958   
141 

per share ...............................................  
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004............  

(6,670 ) 
  22,418,218  $  22,418  $ 134,288  $ 122,647   

$ 

(3,099 ) 

$ 

(6,670 ) 
(607 )  $  275,647 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net income........................................................    
  Adjustments to reconcile net income 

to net cash provided by operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization......................  
Provision for credit losses.............................  
Net amortization of premium on 

investments ...............................................  

Gain on sale of premises,  

equipment and other real estate.................  

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest  

receivable and other assets........................  

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest  

payable and other  liabilities .....................  
Total adjustments......................................  
Net cash provided by operating activities .  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
  Proceeds from maturities and 

principal paydowns of held to 
maturity securities.........................................  
  Purchase of held to maturity securities .............  
  Proceeds from maturities and 

principal paydowns of available 
for sale securities... .......................................  

  Proceeds from the sales of available for 

sale securities................................................  
  Purchase of available for sale securities ...........  
  Net (increase) decrease in loans........................  
  Purchase of bank premises and equipment .......  
  Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment 
 and other real estate .....................................  
  Premium paid for Liberty Bancshares, Inc .......  
  Net liabilities acquired in the purchase of 

Liberty Bancshares, Inc. (net of acquired 
cash of $46,599) ...........................................  
  Premium paid for Village Bank and Trust ........  
  Net liabilities acquired in the purchase of 

Village Bank and Trust (net of acquired cash 
of $16,120) ...................................................  
  Premiums paid for Abrams Centre Bancshares, 
Dallas Bancshares, MainBancorp and 
FSBNT..........................................................  
  Net liabilities acquired in purchase of Abrams .  
Centre Bancshares, Dallas Bancshares, 
MainBancorp and FSBNT (net of acquired  
cash of $115,918) .......................................  

  Premium paid for Texas Guaranty Bank, 

The First State Bank, Paradigm Bancorporation, 
First National Bank of Bay City and Southwest 
Holding Company.........................................  

  Net liabilities acquired in purchase of Texas 

Guaranty Bank, The First State Bank, Paradigm 
Bancorporation, First National Bank of Bay 
City and Southwest Holding Company (net of 
 acquired cash of $52,206 .............................  

2004 

For the Years Ended 
December 31,  
2003 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2002 

$ 

34,707 

$ 

26,548 

$ 

21,321 

5,122 
880 

4,869   

(389 ) 

(5,550 ) 

6,729   
11,661 
46,368 

3,353 
483 

9,707 

2,022 
1,010 

4,317 

(378 ) 

(39 ) 

3,663   

                 7  

(3,857 ) 
12,971 
39,519 

(2,520 ) 
4,797 
26,118 

257,501 
(270,855 ) 

505,733 
(973,480 ) 

211,467 
(300,816 ) 

67,201 

144,821 

128,906 

20,000 
(299 ) 
(68,254 ) 
(895 ) 

2,522   
(27,601 ) 

36,844   
(12,181 ) 

8,606   

-- 

(11,949 ) 
37,769    
(3,485 ) 

3,243   
--   

--   
--   

--   

--   

(53,856 ) 

--   

124,840   

-- 

(119,527 ) 
37,291   
(2,171 ) 

1,229 

--   

-- 
-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

--       

--   

(49,769 ) 

        (Table continued on following page) 

-- 

-- 

59,158 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

  Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits 

in financial institutions..................................  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net (decrease) increase in noninterest-bearing 

deposits. ........................................................  

  Net (decrease) increase in interest-bearing 

 deposits........................................................  
  Proceeds (repayments) of other borrowings and 

securities sold under repurchase 
agreements (net). ..........................................   

  Proceeds from issuance of junior 

subordinated debentures ...............................  
  Junior subordinated debentures issuance costs .  
  Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares ................  
  Redemption of junior subordinated debentures 
issued to Prosperity Capital Trust I (net) ......  
  Proceeds from stock option exercises ...............  
  Stock option compensation expense .................  
  Stock issued in connection with the Liberty 

acquisition.....................................................  

  Stock issued in connection with the MainBancorp 

and FSBNT acquisitions ...............................  
  Payments of cash dividends..............................  

Net cash (used in) provided by  

financing activities ..............................  

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH 
  EQUIVALENTS ..............................................    
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING 
  OF PERIOD......................................................    

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF 
  PERIOD............................................................   
INCOME TAXES PAID ......................................  
INTEREST PAID.................................................    
TRANSFER OF AVAILABLE FOR SALE 
  SECURITIES TO HELD TO MATURITY 
  SECURITIES ...................................................    

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 

2004 

2003 

2002 

(Dollars in thousands) 

762 
13,351   

399 

(225,967 ) 

397 
(33,835 ) 

$ 

(9,892 ) 

$ 

   23,579 

$ 

10,118 

(14,727 ) 

125,657 

26,228 

4,622   

  (24,340)   

14,059     

-- 
--   
--   

(12,000 ) 
1,046   
141   

31,958   

-- 

(6,670 ) 

25,000   
(254)   
 --   

    --   
-- 
                (3) 

--   
995   
--   

--   

43,580 
  (4,855 ) 

--  
260 
-- 

-- 

-- 

(3,866 ) 

(5,522 ) 

189,362   

46,796 

$ 

54,197   

$ 

2,914   

$ 

 39,079   

83,713 

80,799 

41,720 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

137,910 
19,464 
29,368 

-- 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

83,713 
14,397 
26,215 

$ 
$ 
$ 

80,799 
9,182 
26,250 

-- 

$ 

241,756 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations -- Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® (“Bancshares”) and its subsidiaries, Prosperity Holdings of Delaware, 
LLC  (“Holdings”)  and  Prosperity  Bank®    (the  “Bank”,  and  together  with  Bancshares  and  Holdings,  collectively  referred  to  as  the 
“Company”) provide retail and commercial banking services.   

The Bank operates fifty-eight (58) full-service banking locations; with twenty-nine (29) in the Greater Houston Consolidated 
Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (“CMSA”),  eleven  (11)  in  eight  contiguous  counties  situated  south  and  southwest  of  Houston  and 
extending into South Texas, eleven (11) in the Dallas/Fort Worth area and seven (7) in the Austin, Texas area with locations in Dallas-
Abrams Centre, Houston-Aldine, Austin-Allandale, Angleton, Bay City, Beeville, Blooming Grove, Houston-Bellaire, Dallas-Camp 
Wisdom, Dallas-Cedar Hill, Houston-City West, Houston-Clear Lake, Cleveland, Austin-Congress, Corsicana, Houston-Copperfield, 
Cuero,  Cypress,  Dayton,  Houston-Downtown,  East  Bernard,  Edna,  El  Campo,  Ennis,  Fairfield,  Galveston,  Houston-Gladebrook, 
Goliad,  Houston-Highway  6,  Hitchcock,  Dallas-Kiest,  Austin-Lakeway,  Liberty,  Magnolia,  Mathis,  Houston-Medical  Center, 
Houston-Memorial,  Mont  Belvieu,  Needville,  Palacios,  Oakhill,  Houston-Post  Oak,  Dallas-Preston  Road,  Dallas-Red  Oak,  Austin-
Research Boulevard, Houston-River Oaks, Austin-Riverside, Sweeny, Houston-Tanglewood, Dallas-Turtle Creek, Victoria, Houston-
Waugh Drive, West Columbia, Dallas-Westmoreland, Wharton, Austin-William Cannon, Winnie and Houston-Woodcreek. 

.  
Principles  of  Consolidation  --  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Bancshares  and  its  wholly 
owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  The  accounting  and  reporting 
policies  of  the  Company  conform  to  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  (“GAAP”)  and  the 
prevailing practices within the banking industry. A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies is as follows:  

Use  of  Estimates  --  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results 
could differ from these estimates.  

Securities -- Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of 
discounts. Management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold these assets as long-term securities until their 
estimated maturities.  

Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net 
of tax, as a separate component of shareholders' equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as 
part of the Company's asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest risk, prepayment risk or other similar 
economic factors.  

Declines in the fair value of individual held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are other than 
temporary would result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value.  The related write-downs would be included in 
earnings as realized losses.  

Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for 
prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of these 
assets. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income.  

Loans -- Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount and fees. Unearned discount relates 
principally to consumer installment loans. The related interest income for multipayment loans is recognized principally by the “sum of 
the digits” method which records interest in proportion to the declining outstanding balances of the loans; for single payment loans, 
such income is recognized using the straight-line method.  

Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Costs  Associated  with  Lending  Activities  -  Loan  origination  fees  in  excess  of  the  associated 

costs are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.  

Generally,  loan  commitment  fees  are  deferred,  except  for  certain  retrospectively  determined  fees,  and  recognized  as  an 
adjustment of yield by the interest method over the related loan life or, if the commitment expires unexercised, recognized in income 
upon expiration of the commitment.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

®
 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Nonperforming and Past Due Loans -- Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been categorized 
by management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful and loans which have been restructured to provide a reduction 
in the interest rate or a deferral of interest or principal payments.  When the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 
90  days,  or  earlier  in  some  cases,  the  loan  is  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  unless  the  loan  is  in  the  process  of  collection  and  the 
underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan.  If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, 
periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued 
during  the  current  year  prior  to  the  judgment  of  uncollectibility  is  charged  to  operations.    Interest  accrued  during  prior  periods  is 
charged to allowance for credit losses.  Generally, any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan 
amounts and next to the recovery of charged-off loan amounts.  Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest.  

Restructured  loans  are  those  loans  on  which  concessions  in  terms  have  been  granted  because  of  a  borrower's  financial 

difficulty. Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms.  

Allowance  for  Credit  Losses  --  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  a  valuation  allowance  available  for  losses  incurred  on 
loans.  All  losses  are  charged  to  the  allowance  when  the  loss  actually  occurs  or  when  a  determination  is  made  that  such  a  loss  is 
probable. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.  

Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses 
is adequate to absorb losses in the existing portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for credit losses 
and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb losses.  

Management's  judgment  as  to  the  level  of  losses  on  existing  loans  involves  the  consideration  of  current  and  anticipated 
economic  conditions  and  their  potential  effects  on  specific  borrowers;  an  evaluation  of  the  existing  relationships  among  loans, 
probable credit losses and the present level of the allowance; results of examinations of the loan portfolio by regulatory agencies; and 
management's internal review of the loan portfolio. In determining the collectibility of certain loans, management also considers the 
fair value of any underlying collateral. The amounts ultimately realized may differ from the carrying value of these assets because of 
economic, operating or other conditions beyond the Company's control. 

Estimates  of  credit  losses  involve  an  exercise  of  judgment.  While  it  is  possible  that  in  the  short  term  the  Company  may 
sustain losses which are substantial in relation to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the allowance 
for  credit  losses  reflected  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  is  adequate  to  absorb  probable  losses  that  exist  in  the  current  loan 
portfolio.  

Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  114,  Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of  a  Loan,  as 
amended by SFAS No. 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosure applies to all 
impaired loans, with the exception of groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. A 
loan is defined as impaired by SFAS No. 114 if, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable 
to collect all amounts due, both interest and principal, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Specifically, SFAS 
No. 114 requires that the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans be determined based on the difference of carrying value 
of loans and the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the 
loan's  observable  market  price  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  At  December  31,  2004,  the 
Company had $297,000 in nonaccrual loans, $1.1 million in 90 days or more past due loans, and no restructured loans.  At December 
31, 2003, the Company had $2,000 in nonaccrual loans, $679,000 in 90 days or more past due loans and no restructured loans. 

Interest  revenue  received on impaired  loans  is  either  applied  against principal  or  realized  as  interest  revenue,  according  to 

management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  

Premises and Equipment -- Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense 
is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to 30 years.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Goodwill  --  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  determined  to  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  acquired  in  a  purchase  business 
combination completed after June 30, 2001 are no longer amortized.  Goodwill was amortized using the straight-line method through 
December  31,  2001.    Goodwill  is  annually  assessed  for  impairment  or  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.  The Company bases its evaluation on such impairment factors as the nature of 
the  assets,  the  future  economic  benefit  of  the  assets,  any  historical  or  future  profitability  measurements,  as  well  as  other  external 
market conditions or factors that may be present. 

Amortization  of  Core  Deposit  Intangibles  (CDI)  –  CDI  is  amortized  using  an  accelerated  amortization  method  over  an 

eight year period.   

Income Taxes -- Bancshares files a consolidated federal income tax return.  The Bank computes federal income taxes as if it 

filed a separate return and remits to, or is reimbursed by, Bancshares based on the portion of taxes currently due or refundable.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between the 

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  

Stock-Based Compensation – As of December 31, 2004, the Company had two stock-based employee compensation plans.  
Prior to 2003, the Company accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, 
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations.  No stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in 
previously reported results, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying 
common stock on the date of grant.  In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148 (SFAS 148).  Accounting for Stock-Based 
Compensation  –  Transition  and  Disclosure,  an  amendment  to  FASB  Statement  123.    SFAS  148  provides  alternative  methods  of 
transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.  SFAS 148 
was  effective  for  financial  statements  for  fiscal  years  ending  after  December  15,  2002.    Effective  January  1,  2003,  the  Company 
adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as provided by 
SFAS No. 148 for stock-based employee compensation (see Note 14).   

For 2002, the Company did not recognize any stock based compensation expense in reported net income.  If compensation 
expense had  been  recorded  based on  the  fair  value  at  the grant  date  for awards  consistent  with  SFAS  No.  123,  the Company’s  net 
income and earnings per share would have been as follows for the year ended December 31, 2002: 

Year Ended December 31,  

  2002 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Net income as reported... ..................................................  
Deduct:  Total stock based employee compensation 

expense determined under fair value based method 
for all awards, net of related tax effects  .................  

Proforma net income......................................................  

Earnings per share: 

Basic-as reported ...................................................  
Basic-proforma......................................................  

Diluted-as reported ................................................  
Diluted-proforma...................................................  

$  21,321 

 (180) 

$  21,141 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

1.25 
1.24 

1.22 
1.21 

Cash and Cash Equivalents -- For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from 

banks as well as federal funds sold that mature in three days or less.  

Reclassifications  --  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  2003  and  2002  balances  to  conform  to  the  current  year 

presentation. All reclassifications have been applied consistently for the periods presented.  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Earnings Per Share -- SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share, requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. 
Basic  earnings  per  share  has  been  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average 
number of  common  shares outstanding  for  the  reporting  period.  Diluted  earnings per  share reflects the potential  dilution  that  could 
occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Net income per common  
share  for  all  periods  presented  has  been  calculated  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  128.  Outstanding  stock  options  issued  by  the 
Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average shares.  

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

2004 

December 31,  
2003 

 Per 
  Share 
  Amount   

  Amount  

Per 
Share 

  Amount      Amount      Amount      Amount   

2002 

 Per 
Share 

Net income ..........................................  
Basic: 

Weighted average shares 

outstanding...............................  

Diluted: 

Weighted average shares 

outstanding.................................  

Effect of dilutive securities -- 

options........................................ 

      (In thousands, except per share data) 

$ 34,707 

$ 26,548 

$ 21,321 

  21,534 

$  1.61 

   19,225 

$  1.38 

 17,122 

$  1.25 

  21,534 

270 

  19,225 

 311 

 17,122 

320 

Total................................................ 

  21,804 

$  1.59 

  19,536 

$  1.36 

  17,442 

 $ 1.22 

There were no stock options exercisable at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 that would have had an anti-dilutive effect on 

the above computation.    

New Accounting Standards -- 

Statements of Financial Accounting Standards 

 SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.”  SFAS 
150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies, measures and discloses in its financial statements certain financial instruments 
with characteristics of both liabilities and equity.  SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its 
scope as liabilities, in most circumstances.  Such financial instruments include (i) financial instruments that are issued in the form of 
shares that are mandatorily redeemable; (ii) financial instruments that embody an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s equity shares, 
or are indexed to such an obligation, and that require the issuer to settle the obligation by transferring assets; (iii) financial instruments 
that embody an obligation that the issuer may settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares if, at inception, the monetary 
value  of  the  obligation  is  predominantly  based  on  a  fixed  amount,  variations  in  something  other  than  the  fair  value  of  the  issuer’s 
equity  shares  or  variations  inversely  related  to  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  issuer’s  equity  shares;  and  (iv)  certain  freestanding 
financial instruments.  The Company adopted SFAS 150 on January 1, 2004 and its adoption did not have a material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

SFAS No. 123, “Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004).” SFAS 123R establishes standards for the accounting for transactions 
in which an entity (i) exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services, or (ii) incurs liabilities in exchange for goods or services 
that  are  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  entity’s  equity  instruments  or  that  may  be  settled  by  the  issuance  of  the  equity  instruments. 
SFAS 123R  eliminates  the  ability  to  account  for  stock-based  compensation  using  APB 25  and  requires  that  such  transactions  be 
recognized as compensation cost in the income statement based on their fair values on the date of the grant.  SFAS 123R is mandatory 
for all entities on July 1, 2005.   

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretations 

In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.”  FIN 46R provides guidance on 
how to identify a variable interest entity and determine when the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interests and results of operations 
of  a  variable  interest  entity  need  to  be  included  in  a  company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.    A  company  that  holds  variable 
interest  in  an  entity  is  required  to  consolidate  the  entity  if  the  company’s  interest  in  the  variable  interest  entity  is  such  that  the 
company  will  absorb  a  majority  of  the  variable  interest  entity’s  expected  losses  and/or  receive  a  majority  of  the  entity’s  expected 
residual  returns,  if  they  occur.    As  of  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  no  investments  in  variable  interest  entities  requiring 
consolidation.      FIN  46R  requires  that  Prosperity  Capital  Trust  II,  Prosperity  Statutory  Trust  III,  Prosperity  Statutory  Trust  IV  and 
Paradigm Capital Trust II be deconsolidated from the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted FIN 46R on January 1, 
2004.    After  adoption,  the  trust  preferred  securities  issued  by  each  of  the  foregoing  trusts  are  no  longer  shown  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements.  Instead, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to each of these trusts are shown as liabilities 
in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  interest  expense  associated  with  such  junior  subordinated  debentures  is  shown  in  the 
consolidated statements of income.  

Emerging Issues Task Force 

In May 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue 03-03 (EITF 03-03) “Applicability of EITF Abstracts, Topic No. D-79, 
‘Accounting  for  Retroactive  Insurance  Contracts  Purchased  by  Entities  Other  Than  Insurance  Enterprises,’  to  Claims-Made 
Insurance Policies”. This EITF clarifies that a claims-made insurance policy that provides coverage for specific known claims prior to 
the policy period contains a retroactive provision that should be accounted for accordingly; either separately, if practicable, or, if not 
practicable, the claims-made insurance policy should be accounted for entirely as a retroactive contract. The Company adopted the 
provisions  of  EITF  No.  03-03  on  January  1,  2004.  The  adoption  of  EITF  03-03  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

In  March  2004,  the  EITF  reached  consensus  on  Issue  03-01  (EITF  03-01),  “The  Meaning  of  Other-Than-Temporary 
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF 03-01 includes new guidance for evaluating and recording impairment 
losses  on  debt  and  equity  investments,  as  well  as  new  disclosure  requirements  for  investments  that  are  deemed  to  be  temporarily 
impaired.  This  Issue  specifically  addresses  whether  an  investor  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  an  investment  until  recovery.    In 
addition,  Issue  03-01  contains  disclosure  requirements  that  provide  useful  information  about  impairments  that  have  not  been 
recognized as other-than-temporary for investments with in the scope of this Issue.  On September 30, 2004, the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board deferred the effective date of the Issue’s guidance on how to evaluate and recognize an impairment loss that is other-
than-temporary.  This Issue’s guidance is pending the issuance of a final FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) relating to the draft FSP EITF 
Issue 03-01-a, Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-
Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments,” which the Board may issue as early as November.  This deferral 
did  not  change  the  disclosure  guidance  which  remains  effective  for  fiscal  years  ending  after  December  15,  2003.    Matters  being 
considered by the FASB which may impact the Company’s financial reporting include the accounting as a component in determining 
net income for declines in market value of debt securities which are due solely to changes in market interest rates and the effect of 
sales  of  available-for-sale  securities  which  have  market  values  below  cost  at  the  time  of  sale  and  whether  such  sale  indicates  an 
absence of intent and ability of the investor to hold to a forecasted recovery of the investment’s value to its original cost. 

SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins 

SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB) No. 105,  “Application  of  Accounting  Principles  to  Loan Commitments.”  SAB 105 
summarizes  the  views  of  the  staff  of  the  SEC  regarding  the  application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  loan 
commitments  accounted for as derivative instruments. SAB 105 provides that the fair value of recorded loan commitments that  are 
accounted  for  as  derivatives  under  SFAS 133,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,”  should  not 
incorporate  the  expected  future  cash  flows  related  to  the  associated  servicing  of  the  future  loan.  In  addition,  SAB 105  requires 
registrants to disclose their accounting policy for loan commitments. The provisions of SAB 105 must be applied to loan commitments 
accounted  for  as  derivatives  that  are  entered  into  after  March 31,  2004.  The  adoption  of  this  accounting  standard  did  not  have  a 
material impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

 ®

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

American Institute of Certified Public Accounting Statements of Position 

SOP No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer.” SOP 03-3 addresses accounting 

for differences between the contractual cash flows of certain loans and debt securities and the cash flows expected to be collected 
when loans or debt securities are acquired in a transfer and those cash flow differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit 
quality. As such, SOP 03-3 applies to loans and debt securities acquired individually, in pools or as part of a business combination and 
does not apply to originated loans. The application of SOP 03-3 limits the interest income, including accretion of purchase price 
discounts, that may be recognized for certain loans and debt securities. Additionally, SOP 03-3 does not allow the excess of 
contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected to be recognized as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual or valuation 
allowance, such as the allowance for possible loan losses. SOP 03-3 requires that increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the 
initial investment be recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan or debt security over its remaining life. 
Decreases in expected cash flows should be recognized as impairment. In the case of loans acquired in a business combination where 
the loans show signs of credit deterioration, SOP 03-3 represents a significant change from current purchase accounting practice 
whereby the acquiree’s allowance for loan losses is typically added to the acquirer’s allowance for loan losses. SOP 03-3 is effective 
for loans and debt securities acquired by the Company beginning January 1, 2005. Management is currently evaluating the impact the 
adoption of SOP 03-3 will have on its financial statements. 

Stock Split -- On May 31, 2002, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend 
to shareholders of record on May 20, 2002.  The Company issued approximately 8.1 million shares in connection with the split.  All 
per share and share information has been restated to reflect this stock split. 

2.  ACQUISITIONS 

On  August  1,  2004,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust,  s.s.b.  (“Village”),  Austin,  Texas.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $19.1 million in cash for all of the issued and outstanding capital 
stock of Village.  Village was privately held and operated one (1) banking office in the Lakeway area of Austin, Texas.  As of June 30, 
2004, Village had total assets of $110.9 million, loans of $79.7 million, deposits of $97.3 million and shareholders’ equity of $10.4 
million.     

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $12.2 million, of which $331,000 was identified as 
core deposit intangibles.  The remaining $11.8 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are 
being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life. 

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branch were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On August 1, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of Liberty Bancshares, Inc. (“Liberty”), Austin, Texas, pursuant 
to which Liberty merged into the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Liberty Bank, S.S.B., merged into the Bank.  Under the 
terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company  paid  approximately  $8.9  million  in  cash  and  issued  approximately  1.3  million  shares  of  its 
Common Stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Liberty and Liberty Bank and all outstanding stock options of 
Liberty Bank.  Liberty was privately held and operated six (6) banking offices in Austin, Texas.  As of June 30, 2004, Liberty had, on 
a  consolidated  basis,  total  assets  of $178.7 million,  loans of  $120.3  million, deposits of $158.9  million  and  shareholders’  equity of 
$16.5 million. 

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $27.6 million of which $3.8 million was identified as 
core deposit intangibles.  The remaining $23.8 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are 
being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life. 

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On December 9, 2003, the Company completed the merger of First State Bank of North Texas, Dallas, Texas (“FSBNT”) 
into the Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $12.6 million in cash and issued approximately 
393,074 shares of its common stock for all outstanding shares of First State.  First State was privately held and operated four (4)  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

 ®

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

banking offices in Dallas, Texas.  One banking center was closed and consolidated with an existing banking center located nearby.  As 
of  September  30,  2003,  First  State  had  total  assets  of  $100.7  million,  loans  of  $20.1  million,  deposits  of  $91.4  million  and 
shareholders’ equity of $8.8 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $13.9 million of which $1.9 million was identified as 
core deposit intangibles.  The remaining $12.0 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are 
being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

 On November 1, 2003, the Company completed the merger of MainBancorp, Inc., Dallas Texas ("MainBancorp"), into the 
Company.  In connection with the transaction, MainBancorp's wholly owned subsidiary, mainbank, n.a., was merged into the Bank.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued approximately 1.5 million shares of its Common Stock and paid approximately 
$9.1 million in cash for all outstanding shares of MainBancorp stock.  In addition, the Company assumed options to acquire 100,851 
shares  of  its  Common  Stock.    MainBancorp  was  privately  held  and  operated  four  (4)  banking  offices  in  Dallas,  Texas.    As  of 
September  30,  2003,  MainBancorp  had,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  total  assets  of  $177.1  million,  loans  of  $90.8  million,  deposits of 
$153.7 million and shareholders’ equity of $22.6 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $27.2 million of which $2.7 million was identified as 
core deposit intangibles.  The remaining $24.5 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are 
being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On June 1, 2003, the Company completed the  merger of Dallas Bancshares, Dallas, Texas (“Dallas Bancshares”), into the 
Company. In connection with the transaction, Dallas Bancshares’ wholly owned subsidiary, BankDallas, was merged into the Bank. 
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $7.0 million in cash.  Dallas Bancshares operated one (1) banking 
office in Dallas, Texas.  As of March 31, 2003, Dallas Bancshares had on a consolidated basis, total assets of $42.0 million, loans of 
28.3 million, deposits of $37.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $4.3 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $3.0 million of which $45,000 was identified as core 
deposit intangibles.  The remaining $2.5 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On  May  6,  2003,  the  Company  completed  the  merger  of  Abrams  Centre  Bancshares,  Dallas,  Texas  (“Abrams”),  into  the 
Company. In connection with the acquisition, Abrams’ wholly owned subsidiary, Abrams Centre National Bank, was merged  into the 
Bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $16.3 million in cash.  Abrams operated two (2) banking 
offices  in  Dallas,  Texas.  One  banking  center  was  closed  and  consolidated  with  an  existing  banking  center  located  nearby.      As  of 
March 31, 2003, Abrams, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $96.5 million, loans of $31.7 million, deposits of $70.8 million 
and shareholders’ equity of $14.0 million. 

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $6.7 million of which $430,000 was identified as core 
deposit intangibles.  The remaining $6.3 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

 ®

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

On  November  1,  2002,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  First  National  Bank  of  Bay  City,  Bay  City,  Texas  
("FNB"), through the merger of FNB with and into the Bank.  Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately 
$5.1 million in cash for all of the issued and outstanding common stock of FNB.  FNB operated one (1) location in Bay City, Texas, 
which was closed and consolidated with the Bank’s Bay City Banking Center. As of November 1, 2002, FNB had total assets of $27.1 
million, total loans of $8.2 million and total deposits of $23.8 million. 

 In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $2.2 million of which $168,000 was identified as core 
deposit  intangibles.    The  remaining  $2.0  million  of  the  premium  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  core  deposit  intangibles  are  being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On  October  1,  2002,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Southwest  Bank  Holding  Company,  Dallas,  Texas  
(“Southwest”).  Southwest’s wholly owned subsidiary, Bank of the Southwest, Dallas, Texas, became a subsidiary of the Company.  
Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid approximately $19.6 million in cash.  Southwest was privately held and operated 
two (2) banking offices in Dallas, Texas.  As of October 1, 2002, Southwest had total assets of $121.9 million, total loans of $58.7 
million and total deposits of $108.9 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $5.7 million of which $640,000 was identified as core 
deposit  intangibles.  The  remaining  $5.0  million  of  the  premium  was  recorded  as  goodwill.    The  core  deposit  intangibles  are  being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On  September  1,  2002,  the Company  completed  the  acquisition of  Paradigm  Bancorporation, Inc. (“Paradigm”)  in  a  stock 
transaction.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company  issued  approximately  2.58  million  shares  of  its  common  stock  for  all 
outstanding shares of Paradigm (giving effect to the two for one stock split). Paradigm operated a total of eleven (11) banking offices - 
six (6) in the greater metropolitan Houston area and five (5) in the nearby Southeast Texas cities of Dayton, Galveston, Mont Belvieu, 
and Winnie,  three  (3) of  which  were  closed  following  completion  of  the  transaction. As of  September 1, 2002, Paradigm  had  total 
assets of $248.7 million, total loans of $175.7 million and total deposits of $218.3 million. 

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $36.6 million of which $2.8 million was identified as 
core deposit intangibles.  The remaining $33.8 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are 
being amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On  July  12,  2002,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  The  First  State  Bank,  Needville,  Texas  (“First  State”)  for 
approximately $3.7 million in cash.  The Bank’s existing Needville Banking Center relocated into the former First State Bank location 
effective July 15, 2002.  As of July 12, 2002, First State had total assets of $16.3 million, loans of $5.5 million and deposits of $14.1 
million. 

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $1.7 million of which $293,000 was identified as core 
deposit intangibles.  The remaining $1.4 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

On  May  8,  2002,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Texas  Guaranty  Bank,  N.A.  (“Texas  Guaranty”)  for 
approximately $11.8 million in cash.  Texas Guaranty operated three (3) offices in Houston, Texas, all of which became full service 
banking centers of the Bank.  As of May 8, 2002, Texas Guaranty had total assets of $74.0 million, loans of $45.7 million and deposits 
of $61.8 million. 

In connection with the purchase, the Company paid a cash premium of $3.7 million of which $431,000 was identified as core 
deposit intangibles.  The remaining $3.3 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  The core deposit intangibles are being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 year life.  

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the 

acquired branches were recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date. 

66 

 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

3.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for fiscal 2004 and 2003 were as 

follows: 

Balance as of December 31, 2002 ..........................................  
Less: 

Amortization.......................................................................  
Add:........................................................................................  
Acquisition of Abrams Centre Bancshares.........................  
Acquisition of Dallas Bancshares .......................................  
Acquisition of MainBancorp ..............................................  
Acquisition of FSBNT........................................................  

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions: 

Acquisition of Texas Guaranty Bank..................................  
Acquisition of First State Bank of Needville......................  
Acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation ...........................  
Acquisition of First National Bank of Bay City .................  
Acquisition of Southwest Bank Holding Company............  
Balance as of December 31, 2003 ..........................................  
Less: 

Amortization.......................................................................  
Add:........................................................................................  
Acquisition of Liberty Bancshares .....................................  
Acquisition of Village Bank and Trust, ssb ........................  
Acquisition of MainBancorp ..............................................  
Acquisition of FSBNT........................................................  

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions 

(deferred tax adjustments): 
Acquisition of FSBNT........................................................  
Acquisition of MainBancorp ..............................................  
Acquisition of Texas Guaranty Bank..................................  
Acquisition of First State Bank of Needville......................  
Acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation ...........................  
Acquisition of Abrams Centre ............................................  
Acquisition of Dallas Bancshares .......................................  
Acquisition of Southwest Bank Holding Company............  
Balance as of December 31, 2004 .................................  

Goodwill 

Core Deposit Intangibles 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

68,290 

$ 

4,121 

-- 

6,707 
2,953 
27,180 
13,884 

12 
96 
(826) 
(311) 
27 
118,012 

$ 

(818 ) 

430 
45 
2,657 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
308 
-- 
6,743   

-- 

(1,781 ) 

23,803 
11,851 
(203 ) 
(2,266 ) 

404 
748 
(9 ) 
(6 ) 
(127 ) 
153   
24   
796 
153,180 

3,797 
331 
300 
2,102 

--   
--   
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
11,492 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions were made to adjust deferred tax asset balances.  Gross core deposit 

intangibles outstanding were $14.3 million at December 31, 2004. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
®
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC
. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated lives which is 8 years.  Amortization 
expense related to intangible assets totaled $1.8 million in 2004, $818,000 in 2003 and $192,000 in 2002.  The estimated aggregate 
future amortization expense for intangible assets remaining as of December 31, 2004 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

2005 ................................................   $  2,106 
1,963 
2006 ................................................  
1,820 
2007 ................................................  
1,678 
2008 ................................................  
1,535 
2009 ................................................  
2,390 
Thereafter........................................  
Total.........................................   $11,492 

4.  CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS  

The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Bank to maintain average reserve balances.  “Cash and due from banks” in the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  includes  amounts  so  restricted  of  $20.9  million  and  $29.6  million  at  December  31,  2004  and  2003, 
respectively.  

5.  SECURITIES  

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities are as follows:  

Amortized 
  Cost 

 Gross 
Unrealized 
  Gains 

December 31, 2004 
Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses   

           (Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
  Value 

Carrying 
  Value 

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and 
  obligations of U.S. government 
  agencies. ................................................... 
70% non-taxable preferred stock .................. 
States and political subdivisions ................... 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ............. 
Mortgage-backed securities. ......................... 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond .................... 
Equity securities ........................................... 
  Total ......................................................... 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and 
  obligations of U.S. government 
  agencies. ................................................... 
States and political subdivisions ................... 
Corporate debt securities .............................. 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ............. 
Mortgage-backed securities .......................... 

$ 

10,579 
24,000 
14,382 
13,143 
  112,050 
8,000 
296 
$  182,450 

$ 

20,147 
23,317 
10,491 
  225,851 
845,303 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2 
-- 
1,366 
76 
545 
-- 
-- 
1,989 

661 
510 
301 
97 
3,559 

 $ 

$ 

$ 

69 
6,150 
-- 
35 
 502 
-- 
-- 
6,756 

6 
15 
-- 
802 
4,914 

$ 

10,512 
17,850 
15,748 
 13,184 
  112,093 
8,000 
296 
$  177,683 

$ 

20,802 
23,812 
10,792 
  225,146 
843,948 

Total .........................................................  

$1,125,109 

$ 

5,128 

$ 

5,737 

$1,124,500 

$    10,512 
  17,850 
  15,748 
  13,184 
  112,093 
8,000 
296 
$  177,683 

$  20,147 
  23,317 
  10,491 
  225,851 
  845,303 

$1,125,109 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
®
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. 
AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Amortized 
  Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
  Gains 

December 31, 2003 
Gross 
Unrealized 
  Losses   

(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
  Value 

Carrying 
  Value 

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and 
  obligations of U.S. government 
  agencies .................................................... 
70% non-taxable preferred stock .................. 
States and political subdivisions ................... 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ............. 
Mortgage-backed securities .......................... 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond .................... 
Equity securities ........................................... 
  Total ......................................................... 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and 
  obligations of U.S. government 
  agencies .................................................... 
States and political subdivisions ................... 
Corporate debt securities .............................. 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ............. 
Mortgage-backed securities .......................... 

$ 

15,824 
44,015 
15,141 
17,745 
  159,525 
8,000 
283 
$  260,533 

$ 

32,938 
30,597 
15,619 
  160,742 
  873,336 

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

247 
-- 
1,798 
510 
1,179 
-- 
-- 
3,734 

1,591 
1,121 
743 
1,338 
7,806 

-- 
327 
-- 
68 
224 
-- 
-- 
619 

$ 

16,071 
43,688 
16,939 
 18,187 
  160,480 
8,000 
283 
$  263,648 

$  16,071 
43,688 
  16,939 
  18,187 
  160,480 
8,000 
283 
$  263,648 

14 
-- 
-- 
191 
3,175 

$ 

34,515 
31,718 
16,362 
  161,889 
  877,967 

$  32,938 
  30,597 
15,619 
  160,742 
  873,336 

  Total ......................................................... 

$1,113,232 

$  12,599 

$ 

3,380 

$1,122,451 

$1,113,232 

In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and 
the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) the 
intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated 
recovery in fair value.  

 Management has the ability and intent to hold its securities until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full 
value for the securities. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time 
the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity date or repricing 
date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons 
of  credit  quality.  Accordingly,  as  of  December 31,  2004,  management  believes  the  impairments  detailed  in  the  table  above  are 
temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. 

69 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Securities  with  unrealized  losses  segregated  by  length  of  time  such  securities  have  been  in  a  continuous  loss  position  at 

December 31, 2004 were as follows: 

 Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. government 
agencies ................................................ 
70% non-taxable preferred stock .............. 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ......... 
  Mortgage backed securities ...................... 
Total.................................................. 

Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. government 
agencies ................................................ 
70% non-taxable preferred stock .............. 
Collateralized mortgage obligations ......... 
  Mortgage backed securities ...................... 
Total.................................................. 

  Less than 12 Months 

  More than 12 Months 

Total 

 Estimated  Unrealized 
Fair Value 

  Losses 

Estimated 
Fair Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 

 Unrealized 
  Losses   

 Estimated  Unrealized 
  Losses   
 Fair Value 

$ 

9,979 
12,250 
2,921 
44,229 
$  69,379 

69 
$ 
  4,750 
13   
277   
$ 5,109   

$ 

-- 
5,600 
2,132 
  17,086 
$ 24,818 

-- 
  1,400 
22 
225 
$  1,647 

$  9,979 
  17,850 
  5,053 
  61,315 
$ 94,197 

69 
$ 
  6,150 
35 
502 
$ 6,756 

$ 

998 
3,359 
190,352 
  498,584 
$ 693,293 

$ 

6 
15 
802   
  3,422   
$ 4,245   

$ 

-- 
-- 
-- 
  74,922 
$ 74,922 

-- 
-- 
-- 
  1,492 
$  1,492 

$ 
998 
  3,359 
190,352 
573,506 
$768,215 

$ 

6 
15 
802 
  4,914 
$ 5,737 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2004, by contractual maturity, are shown below. 
Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations at any time 
with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

 December 31, 2004 

Held to Maturity 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
  Value 

Available for Sale 
Fair 
  Value 

Amortized 
  Cost 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

18,315 

$ 

18,560 

$ 

5,407 

$  5,383 

30,129 

5,511 
-- 
53,955 

31,138 

5,708 
-- 
55,406 

5,918 

11,727 
 34,204 
57,256 

 5,883 

 12,027 
29,113 
  52,406 

Due in one year or less .............................................. 
Due after one year through five 
  years...................................................................... 
Due after five years through ten 
  years...................................................................... 
Due after ten years..................................................... 
Subtotal...................................................................... 
Mortgage-backed securities and 

collateralized mortgage 

  obligations............................................................. 

  1,071,154 

  1,069,094 

  125,194 

  125,277 

  Total ...................................................................... 

$1,125,109 

$1,124,500 

$ 182,450 

$ 177,683 

Gross proceeds from the sale of securities classified as available for sale was approximately $20.1 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2004 and resulted in a gain of $78,000 for the same period. There were no sales of securities in 2003.   

The  Company  does  not  own  securities  of  any  one  issuer  (other  than  the  U.S.  government  and  its  agencies)  for  which 

aggregate adjusted cost exceeds 10% of the consolidated shareholders' equity at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.  

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

Securities with an amortized cost of $790.2 million and $600.4 million and a fair value of $789.6 million and $605.6 million 
at  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  respectively,  were  pledged  to  collateralize  public  deposits  and  for  other  purposes  required  or 
permitted by law.  

6.  LOANS  

The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans made principally to borrowers located in Southeast Texas, Dallas and 

Austin and is classified by major type as follows:  

Commercial and industrial.......................................... 
Real estate: 
  Construction and land  

development .................................................... 
  1-4 family residential ............................................. 
  Home equity ........................................................... 
  Commercial mortgages .......................................... 
  Farmland ................................................................ 
  Multi-family residential.......................................... 
Agriculture .................................................................. 
Other ........................................................................... 
Consumer .................................................................... 
  Total ...................................................................... 
Less unearned discount ............................................... 

December 31,  

2004 

2003 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$  144,432 

$ 

93,989 

  109,591 
  260,453 
34,453 
  369,151 
22,240 
18,187 
21,906 
2,246 
52,887 
  1,035,546 
33 

36,470 
  237,055 
27,943 
  260,882 
15,247 
20,679 
20,693 
  2,274 
54,980 
  770,212 
159 

  Total ...................................................................... 

$1,035,513 

$  770,053 

The contractual maturity ranges of the commercial and industrial and construction and land development portfolios and the 

amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and floating rates in each maturity range are summarized in the following 
table:  

Commercial and industrial..............................................  
Construction and land development ...............................  
Total................................................................  
Loans with a predetermined interest rate ........................  
Loans with a floating interest rate...................................  
Total................................................................  

  One Year  
  or Less   

  $72,934 
 84,235  
 $157,169 
$ 39,873 
 117,296 
 $157,169 

December 31, 2004 

After One 
  Through  
Five Years 

After Five 
   Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  $55,947 
 19,766 
  $75,713 
$ 23,736 
 51,977 
  $75,713 

$ 15,551 
   5,590  
  $21,141 
$  4,351 
   16,790 
  $21,141 

  Total 

$ 144,432 
   109,591 
$ 254,023 
$  67,960 
  186,063 
$ 254,023 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $8.1 million and $5.6 
million, respectively.  In the opinion of management, all transactions entered into between the Company and such related parties have 
been,  and  are,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  made  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  as  similar  transactions  with  unaffiliated 
persons.  

An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows:  

Year Ended December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Beginning balance....................................................  
New loans and reclassified related loans .................  
Repayments..............................................................  

$  5,589 
4,217 
(2,460 ) 

Ending balance.........................................................  

$  7,346 

$  9,804 
3,333 
 (7,548 ) 

$  5,589 

7.  ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES  

An analysis of activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows:  

Balance at beginning of year. ...................................................  
          Balance acquired in the Texas Guaranty, First State, 

Paradigm, FNB and Southwest acquisitions.............  

Balance acquired in the Abrams, Dallas Bancshares, 

Year Ended December 31,  

  2004   

  2003   

  2002   

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 10,345 

$  9,580 

$ 5,985 

-- 

-- 

   2,981 

MainBancorp and FSBNT acquisitions ....................  

--                   1,900 

Balance acquired in the Liberty and Village 

acquisitions ...............................................................  

  2,365 

Addition -- provision charged to 

operations ..................................................................  

(Charge-offs) and recoveries: 

Loans charged off ...............................................  
Loan recoveries...................................................  

880 

(950 ) 
465   

-- 

483 

  (2,241 ) 
623   

Net (charge-offs) recoveries ................. .........................  

(485 ) 

  (1,618 ) 

-- 

-- 

  1,010 

(767 ) 
 371   

(396 ) 

Balance at end of year. .............................................................  

$ 13,105 

$ 10,345 

$ 9,580 

8.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

Year Ended 
December 31,  

  2004 

   2003   

(Dollars in thousands) 

Land ...................................................................................  
Buildings............................................................................  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment......................................  
Construction in progress ....................................................  
Total............................................................................  
Less accumulated depreciation ..........................................  
Premises and equipment, net ......................................  

$  8,636 
  30,236 
  10,739 
74 
  49,685 
  (13,892 ) 
$  35,793 

$  7,907 
  27,823 
  9,980 
106 
  45,816 
  (11,517 ) 
$  34,299 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

9.  DEPOSITS  

Included in interest-bearing deposits are certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more. These certificates and their 

remaining maturities at December 31, 2004 were as follows:  

Three months or less ........................................................... 
Greater than three through six months ................................  
Greater than six through twelve months .............................  
Thereafter............................................................................ 

Total............................................................................. 

  December 31, 2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 174,012 
  68,672 
  73,199 
    95,407 

$ 411,290 

Interest expense for certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was $8.5 million, $7.4 million and $6.9 million, for the years 

ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  

The Company has no brokered deposits and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor.  

10. OTHER BORROWINGS  

Other Borrowings – The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. 
As  needed,  the  Company  obtains  additional  funds  from  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  and  correspondent  banks.    At 
December  31,  2004,  the  Company  had  $13.1  million  in  FHLB  borrowings  compared  with  $11.9  million  in  FHLB  borrowings  at 
December  31,  2003,  all  of  which  consisted  of  long-term  FHLB  notes  payable.    The  $1.2  million  increase  is  attributable  to  the 
acquisition of one note from Village Bank and Trust, ssb partially offset by normal pay downs on the remaining notes. The maturity 
dates on the FHLB notes payable range from 2004 to 2028 and the interest rates range from 4.64% to 6.48%.  FHLB advances are 
considered  short-term,  overnight  borrowings.    The  Company  had  no  FHLB  advances  outstanding  at  December  31,  2004  and  2003.  
The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during 2004 was $50.0 million compared with $59.3 million during 2003.  The 
Company had no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2004 or 2003. 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had $25.1 million in securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with $19.0 

million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $6.1 million or 31.8%.  The increase is primarily attributable to the Liberty acquisition. 

11.  INTEREST RATE RISK  

The  Company  is  principally  engaged  in  providing  real  estate,  consumer  and  commercial  loans,  with  interest  rates  that  are 

both fixed and variable. These loans are primarily funded through short-term demand deposits and longer-term certificates of deposit  
with variable and fixed rates. The fixed real estate loans are more sensitive to interest rate risk because of their fixed rates and longer 
maturities.  

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
®
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. 
AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

12.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK  

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk to meet 
the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, 
which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated 
balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company's involvement in particular 
classes of financial instruments.  

The  Company's  exposure  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for 
commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  is  represented  by  the  contractual  amount  of  these  instruments.  The 
Company  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  these  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-balance-sheet 
instruments.  

The following is a summary of the various financial instruments entered into by the Company:  

December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Commitments to extend credit ..........................  
Standby letters of credit ....................................  

$190,845 
5,863 

$  83,609 
4,069 

Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements  to lend  to a customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment 
of  a  fee.  Since  many  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  fully  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts 
disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash funding requirements. At December 31, 2004, $24.6 million of commitments 
to extend credit have fixed rates ranging from 2.25% to 18.00%.   

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Company  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a 
customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third 
party,  the  Company  would be  required  to fund  the  commitment.  The  maximum  potential  amount  of  future payments  the  Company 
could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the Company 
would  be  entitled  to  seek  recovery  from  the  customer.  The  Company’s  policies  generally  require  that  standby  letter  of  credit 
arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements. 

The Company evaluates customer creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered 

necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.  

13.  INCOME TAXES  

The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:  

  2004 

Year Ended December 31,  

  2003 
(Dollars in thousands) 

  2002 

Current ................................................................................ 
Deferred. ............................................................................. 

$  16,211 
   1,533   

$  12,203 

210    

$  8,963 
 592  

Total.................................................................................... 

$  17,744 

$  12,413 

$  9,555 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

The provision for federal income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate on 

income as follows:  

Taxes calculated at statutory rate... ...................................  
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Tax-exempt interest...............................................  
Qualified Zone Academy Bond credit...................  
Dividends received deduction ...............................  
Amortization of CDI and goodwill........................  
Other, net...............................................................  

Year Ended December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 

2002 

$  18,358 

(Dollars in thousands) 
$  13,636 

(612 ) 
(373 ) 
(286 ) 
623   
35   

 (702 ) 
(373 ) 
(436 ) 
--   
 288 

$ 10,807 

(690 ) 
        (373) 
        (298) 

61 
48 

Total...................................................................................  

$  17,744 

$  12,413   

$  9,555 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

December 31,  

2004 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2003 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for credit losses .................................... 
Nonaccrual loan interest ......................................... 
Accrued liabilities................................................... 
Transfers from acquired banks ............................... 
Bank premises and equipment................................ 
Basis difference in loans......................................... 
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities ...... 
Loss carry forwards ................................................ 
Credit carry forwards.............................................. 
Other....................................................................... 
Total deferred tax assets...................................................... 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accretion on investments ....................................... 
Bank premises and equipment................................ 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles ................... 
Securities premium amortization............................ 
Investments in partnerships .................................... 
Prepaid expenses .................................................... 
Unrealized gain on available for sale 

securities............................................................ 
FHLB dividends ..................................................... 
Other....................................................................... 
Total deferred tax liabilities............................... 

$ 

$ 

4,193 
104   
349   
--   
1,080   
199   
1,669   
1,280   
2,077   
282   
11,233 

(1,196 ) 
--   
(4,879 ) 
(205 ) 
(1,259 ) 
(260 ) 

--   
(98 ) 
--   
(7,897 ) 

$ 

2,056 
104 
-- 
2,753 
616 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
31 
5,560 

$ 

(702 ) 
-- 
        (1,265) 
           (368) 
-- 
-- 

(1,091 )   
             (25 ) 
-- 
(3,451 ) 

Net deferred tax assets. ....................................................... 

$ 

3,336   

$ 

2,109 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in 
which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities, 
projected  future  taxable  income,  and  tax  planning  strategies  in  making  this  assessment.  Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable 
income and estimates of future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes 
it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2004.  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

14.  STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAMS 

The  Company  had  two  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  at  December  31,  2004.    Prior  to  2003,  the  Company 
accounted for those plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees, and related Interpretations.  No stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in previously reported results, as 
all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of 
grant.  In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 148 (SFAS 148).  Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition 
and Disclosure, an amendment to FASB Statement 123.  SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change 
to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.  SFAS 148 is effective for financial statements 
for  fiscal  years  ending  after  December  15,  2002.    Effective  January  1,  2003,  the  Company  adopted  the  fair  value  recognition 
provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as provided by SFAS No. 148 for stock-based 
employee compensation.   

During 1995, the Company's Board of Directors approved a stock option plan (the "1995 Plan") for executive officers and 
key  associates  to  purchase  common  stock of  Bancshares.    A  total  of  660,000 options have been  granted under  the  1995  plan  as of 
December 31, 2004.  Compensation expense was not recognized for the stock options granted under the 1995 Plan because the options 
had an exercise price approximating the fair value of Bancshares' common stock at the date of grant. The maximum number of shares 
reserved  for  issuance  pursuant  to  options  granted  under  the  1995  Plan  is  680,000  (after  two-for-one  and  four-for-one  stock  splits).  
Options to acquire a total of 88,000 shares of common stock of Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 2004 of which 3,000 
shares were exercisable. 

During  1998,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  and  shareholders  approved  a  second  stock  option  plan  (the  "1998  Plan") 
which authorizes the issuance of up to 920,000 (after two-for-one stock split) shares of the common stock of Bancshares under both 
"non-qualified"  and  "incentive"  stock  options  to  employees  and  "non-qualified"  stock  options  to  directors  who  are  not  employees.  
The  1998  Plan  also  provides  for  the  granting  of  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  appreciation  rights,  phantom  stock  awards  and 
performance awards on substantially similar terms.  Compensation expense was not recognized for the stock options granted under the 
1998 Plan because the options had an exercise price approximating the fair value of Bancshares common stock at the date of grant. 
Options  to  purchase  a  total  of  784,500  shares  of  common  stock  of  Bancshares  were  outstanding  at  December  31,  2004,  of  which 
36,300 shares were exercisable. 

In December 2004, the Company's Board of Directors established the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan 
(the "2004 Plan"), which was approved by the Company's shareholders on February 23, 2005. The 2004 Plan authorizes the issuance 
of up to 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options granted under the 2004 Plan or upon the grant or exercise, as 
the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2004 Plan.  The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified 
stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to directors who are not employees.  The 2004 Plan also provides for the 
granting  of  shares  of  restricted  stock,  stock  appreciation  rights,  phantom  stock  awards  and  performance  awards  on  substantially 
similar terms.  As of the March 1, 2005, no options or other awards had been granted under the 2004 Plan. 

On  September  1,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  Paradigm  Bancorporation.    The  options  to  purchase  shares  of  Paradigm 
common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted (at a rate of 1 to 1.08658) into options to purchase a 
total of 34,673 shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.28 to $11.50 per share. The converted options 
are governed by the original plan under which they were issued. A total of 14,782 options were outstanding at December 31, 2004. 

On  November  1,  2003,  the  Company  acquired  MainBancorp,  Inc.    A  portion  of  the  options  to  purchase  shares  of 
MainBancorp common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted at the option of the holder into options 
to purchase a total of 100,851 shares of Bancshares Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.03 to $16.26 per share. The 
converted  options  are  governed  by  the  original  plan  under  which  they  were  issued.  A  total  of  31,127  options  were  outstanding  at 
December 31, 2004. 

On August 1, 2004, the Company acquired Liberty Bancshares, Inc.  A portion of the options to purchase shares of Liberty 
Bank common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction, at the option of the holder, were converted into options to 
purchase  a  total  of  107,948  shares  of  Bancshares  Common  Stock  at  exercise  prices  ranging  from  $3.66  to  $7.79  per  share.  The 
converted  options  are  governed  by  the  original  plan  under  which  they  were  issued.  No  options  were  outstanding  at  December  31, 
2004. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

2004 

2003 

2002 

Year Ended December 31,  

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
  Price 

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
  Price   

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
 Price   

Options outstanding, beginning of period.   599,692 
Options granted ........................................   576,948 (1) 
Options forfeited.......................................  
(52,000)  
Options exercised .....................................   (206,231 ) 

$  11.69 
  22.69 
  19.65 
4.60 

684,153 
$  8.65 
164,851 (2)    14.58 
  15.91 
(78,674 ) 
5.83 
(170,638 ) 

530,180 
287,804 (3) 
  (29,237 ) 
(104,504 ) 

$  4.47 
  16.92 
  15.55 
  2.48 

Options outstanding, end of period...........    918,409 
--------------------------------------------- 

$  19.64 

599,692 

$ 11.69 

684,153 

$  8.65 

(1)  Includes options to acquire 107,948 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the Liberty acquisition. 
(2)  Includes options to acquire 100,851 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the MainBancorp acquisition. 
(3)  Includes options to acquire 34,673 shares of Bancshares Common Stock assumed in connection with the Paradigm acquisition. 

At December 31, 2004, there were 85,209 options exercisable under all plans at a weighted average exercise price of $14.00.  
During  2004,  260,231  options  were  exercised.    At  December  31,  2003,  there  were  79,192  options  exercisable  under  all  plans  at  a 
weighted  average  exercise  price  of  $9.68  and  170,638  options  were  exercised.    At  December  31,  2002,  there  were  54,153  options 
exercisable under all plans and 104,504 options were exercised. 

During  2004,  the  Company  granted  469,000  options  under  the  1998  Plan.    The  options  were  granted  at  exercise  prices 

ranging from $23.60 per share to $27.02 per share.  Compensation expense in the amount of $141,000 was recorded. 

During 2003, the Company granted 64,000 options under the 1998 Plan.  The options were granted at exercise prices ranging 

from $19.30 per share to $23.10 per share.  Compensation expense in the amount of $24,000 was recorded. 

During  2002,  the  Company  granted  254,000  options  under  the  1998  Plan.    The  options  were  granted  at  exercise  prices 
ranging from $16.55 per share to $19.01 per share. Compensation expense was not recorded for the stock options because the exercise 
price approximated the fair value of common stock at the date of grant and the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123.  

The  weighted-average  fair  value  of  the  stock  options  granted  on  the  respective  grant  dates  ranged  from  $5.09  to  $6.94  in 
2004 and ranged from $3.89 to $5.13 in 2003 respectively.  The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as 
of December 31, 2004 ranged from 9.05 years to 9.80 years for the options granted in 2004 and ranged from 8.35 years to 8.84 years 
for the options granted in 2003, respectively.  The weighted-average fair value of the stock options on the grant dates ranged from 
$3.89  to  $5.13  in  2003  and  ranged  from  $3.86  to  $4.10  in  2002  respectively.    The  weighted-average  remaining  contractual  life  of 
options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 ranged from 8.35 years to 8.84 years for the options granted in 2003 and ranged from 
7.33 years to 7.91 years for the options granted in 2002, respectively.  

 The fair value of options was estimated using an option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:    

Year Ended December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 

2002 

Expected life... ..................................................................  
Risk free interest rate .........................................................  
Volatility ............................................................................  
Dividend yield....................................................................  

5.82   
3.56% 
22.00% 
1.13% 

4.50   
2.58% 
23.00% 
1.25% 

4.50 

       5.57% 
     23.00% 
       1.31% 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004: 

  Range of Exercise Prices 

Options Outstanding 2004 

  Number 
Outstanding   

  Weighted Average 

 Weighted Average 

 Exercise Price   Remaining Life (years) 

$  0.00 - $  5.00............................................................  
$  5.01 - $10.00.............................................................  
$10.01 - $15.00.............................................................  
$15.00 - $20.00.............................................................  
$20.01-$25.00...............................................................  
$25.01 - $30.00.............................................................  

  80,000   
   13,433   
 143,349   
 202,627   
  75,000   
 404,000   

$ 

2.76   
7.52   
10.10   
17.68   
23.56   
22.02   

2.07 
5.46 
8.36 
7.76 
9.34 
9.80 

 918,409   

$  19.64   

8.35   

15.  PROFIT SHARING PLAN  

The  Company  has  adopted  a  profit  sharing  plan  pursuant  to  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code whereby  the 
participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation as permitted under the Code.  Matching contributions are made at the 
discretion of the Company.  Presently, The Company matches 50 % of an employee's contributions, up to 15% of compensation, not to 
exceed the  maximum  allowable  pursuant  to the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  excluding  catch-up  contributions.    Such  matching 
contributions  were  approximately  $681,000,  $593,000  and  $439,000,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2004,  2003  and  2002, 
respectively.  

16.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Leases – The following table presents a summary of non-cancelable future operating lease commitments as of December 31, 

2004 (dollars in thousands):  

2005...........................................................  
2006...........................................................  
2007...........................................................  
2008...........................................................  
2009...........................................................  
Thereafter ..................................................  
Total ..........................................................  

$  2,028 
1,890 
1,753 
1,419 
1,102 
2,548 
$ 10,740 

It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or  

equipment.  

Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $1.8 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2004, $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.  

Litigation -- The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business.  
In the opinion of management, after reviewing such claims with outside counsel, resolution of such matters will not have a materially 
adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.  

17.  REGULATORY MATTERS  

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking 
agencies. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct 
material effect on the Company's and the Bank’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory  
framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities and  
certain off- balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's and the Bank’s capital amounts 
and the Bank’s classification under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgements 
by the regulators about the components, risk weightings and other factors.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios 
as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2004 that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy 
requirements to which they are subject.  

At  December  31,  2004,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  FDIC  categorized  the  Bank  as  “well  capitalized”  under  the 
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-
based,  Tier  I  risk-based  and  Tier  I  leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  table.    There  have  been  no  conditions  or  events  since  that 
notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  Company's  and  the  Bank’s  capital  ratios  at  December  31,  2004  and  2003  (dollars  in 

thousands):  

Actual 

For Capital 

Adequacy Purposes 

  To Be Categorized As 
 Well Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
  Action Provisions 

Amount 

Ratio  

  Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

Ratio 

CONSOLIDATED: 
As of December 31, 2004: 

Total Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

  $173,179 

14.67% 

 $94,411 

  8.0% 

  N/A 

  N/A 

Tier I Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

160,074 

13.56 

   47,205 

Tier I Capital  

(to Average Tangible Assets) ............... 

160,074 

6.30 

  76,218 

4.0 

3.0 

  N/A 

  N/A 

  N/A 

  N/A 

As of December 31, 2003: 

Total Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

  $161,154 

16.90% 

 $76,282 

  8.0% 

  N/A 

  N/A 

Tier I Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

150,809 

15.82 

   38,141 

Tier I Capital  

(to Average Tangible Assets) ............... 

150,809 

7.10 

   63,753 

4.0 

3.0 

  N/A 

  N/A 

  N/A 

  N/A 

Actual 

For Capital 

Adequacy Purposes 

    To Be Categorized As 

Well Capitalized Under 
  Prompt Corrective 
  Action Provisions 

 Amount 

  Ratio 

  Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

Ratio 

PROSPERITY BANK® ONLY: 
As of December 31, 2004: 

Total Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

  $167,157 

  14.20% 

 $94,156 

8.0%  

$117,695 

10.0% 

Tier I Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

154,052 

 13.09 

   47,078 

4.0% 

70,617 

Tier I Capital  

(to Average Tangible Assets) ............... 

154,052 

 6.07 

  76,120 

3.0% 

126,867 

6.0 

5.0 

  As of December 31, 2003: 

Total Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

  $146,823 

  15.40% 

 $76,262 

8.0%  

$95,328 

10.0% 

Tier I Capital  

(to Risk Weighted Assets) .................... 

136,478 

 14.32 

   38,131 

Tier I Capital  

(to Average Tangible Assets)................  

136,478 

6.43 

 63,724 

4.0 

3.0 

   57,197 

106,207 

6.0 

5.0 

Dividends paid by Bancshares and the Bank are subject to restrictions by certain regulatory agencies.  Dividends paid by 

Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $6.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively.  There were $40.0 
million of dividends paid by the Bank to Bancshares during the year ended 2004 and $37.9 million paid by the Bank to Bancshares 
during the year ended 2003. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

18.  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Disclosures  of  the  estimated  fair  value  amounts  of  financial  instruments  have  been  determined  by  the  Company  using 
available  market  information  and  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.    However,  considerable  judgment  is  necessarily  required  in 
interpreting  market  data  to  develop  the  estimates  of  fair  value.    Accordingly,  the  estimates  presented  herein  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange.  The use of different market assumptions and/or 
estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.  

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which 

it is practicable to estimate that value:  

Cash and Cash Equivalents -- For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Interest-Bearing Deposits in Financial Institutions—The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Securities -- For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is 

not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.  

Loan Receivables -- For certain homogeneous categories of loans (such as some residential mortgages and other consumer 
loans),  fair  value  is  estimated  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  using  the  risk-free  Treasury  rate  for  the  applicable  maturity, 
adjusted  for  servicing  and  credit  risk.  The  carrying  value  of  variable  rate  loans  approximates  fair  value  because  the  loans  reprice 
frequently to current market rates.  

Junior  Subordinated  Debentures–  The  fair  value  of  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  was  calculated  using  the  quoted 

market price. 

Deposits -- The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on 
demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for 
deposits of similar remaining maturities.  

Other Borrowings -- Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used 

to estimate the fair value of existing debt using a discounted cash flows methodology.  

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments -- The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is 
estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement 
and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  

Securities  Sold  Under  Repurchase  Agreements  --  The  fair  value  of  securities  sold  under  repurchase  agreements  is  the 

amount payable on demand at the reporting date. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

The estimated fair values of the Company's interest-earning financial instruments are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

December 31,  

2004 

2003 

  Carrying   
  Amount 

Fair 
  Value 

  Carrying   
  Amount 

Fair 
  Value 

Financial assets:  

Cash and due from banks.........................................  
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions.....  
 Federal funds sold....................................................  
 Held to maturity securities.......................................  
Available for sale securities... ..................................  
Loans .......................................................................  
Less allowance for credit losses...............................   
Total .....................................................................................  
Financial liabilities: 

Deposits ...................................................................  
Junior subordinated debentures................................  
 Other borrowings .....................................................  
 Securities sold under repurchase agreements...........  
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable .................  
Total .....................................................................................  

$ 

58,760 
200 
79,150 
  1,125,109 
177,683 
    1,035,513 

$ 

58,760 
200 
79,150 
  1,124,500 
177,683 
  1,046,218 

(13,105 ) 

 (13,105 ) 

  $  2,463,310 

$  2,473,406 

$  2,317,076 
47,424 
-- 
25,058 
13,116 
$  2,402,674 

$  2,322,213 
42,795 
-- 
25,058 
 14,021 
$  2,404,087 

$ 

71,983 
200 
   11,730 
   1,113,232 
263,648 
770,053 
 (10,345 ) 

$  2,220,501 

$  2,083,748 
59,804 
-- 

         19,006          
  11,929 
$  2,174,487 

$ 

71,983 
200 
   11,730 
  1,122,451 
263,648 
782,961 
(10,345 ) 
$  2,242,628 

$  2,089,859 
60,704 
-- 
19,006 
13,015 
$  2,182,584 

The  differences  in  fair  value  and  carrying  value  of  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  were  not 

material at December 31, 2004 and 2003.  

The  fair  value  estimates  presented  herein  are  based  on  pertinent  information  available  to  management  as  of  the  dates 
indicated.  Although  management  is  not  aware  of  any  factors  that  would  significantly  affect  the  estimated  fair  value  amounts,  such 
amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current 
estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.  

81 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

19.   JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had four issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding totaling $47.4 million as 

shown in the following table:   

Description 

Issuance Date 

Trust 

  Preferred 
  Securities 
  Outstanding   

Prosperity Statutory Trust II 

July 31, 2001 

$15,000,000

Paradigm Capital Trust II (1) 

Aug. 31, 2002 

     6,000,000

Junior 
  Subordinated 
  Debt Owed 
to Trusts 

Maturity 
Date

$15,464,000 

July 31, 2031 

6,186,000 

Feb. 20, 2031 

Interest Rate 

3-month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to 
exceed 12.50%

3-month LIBOR
+ 4.50%

Prosperity Statutory Trust III 

Aug. 15, 2003 

12,500,000

6.50%(2) 

12,887,000 

Sept. 17, 2033 

Prosperity Statutory Trust IV 

Dec. 30, 2003 

12,500,000

6.50%(3) 

12,887,000  Dec. 30, 2033 

______________________________ 

(1)   Assumed in connection with the Paradigm acquisition on September 1, 2002. 
(2)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until September 17, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis based on the three-month 

LIBOR plus 3.00%. 

(3)  The debentures bear a fixed interest rate until December 30, 2008, when the rate begins to float on a quarterly basis based on the three-month 

LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

On  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  redeemed  in  full  the  $12.4  million  in  junior  subordinated  debentures  issued  to 
Prosperity Capital Trust I.  Prosperity Capital Trust I in turn redeemed in full the trust preferred securities and common securities it 
issued. 

Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing 
the  proceeds  in  the  Company's  junior  subordinated  debentures.  The  preferred  trust  securities  of  each  trust  represent  preferred 
beneficial  interests  in  the  assets  of  the  respective  trusts  and  are  subject  to  mandatory  redemption  upon  payment  of  the  junior 
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company. Each trust's ability 
to  pay  amounts  due  on  the  trust  preferred  securities  is  solely  dependent  upon  the  Company  making  payment  on  the  related  junior 
subordinated debentures.  The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all 
of  the  Company's  present  and  future  senior  indebtedness.    The  Company  has  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  each  trust's 
obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust 
has funds available for such obligations. 

Under  the  provisions  of  each  issue  of  the  debentures,  the  Company  has  the  right  to  defer  payment  of  interest  on  the 
debentures  at  any  time,  or  from  time  to  time,  for  periods  not  exceeding  five  years.    If  interest  payments  on  either  issue  of  the 
debentures are deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred. 

In late 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 46R (FIN 46R), "Consolidation of 
Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (Revised December 2003)."  FIN 46R requires that 
trust preferred securities be deconsolidated from the Company's consolidated financial statements.  The Company adopted FIN 46R on 
January 1, 2004 and as a result, no longer reflects the trust preferred securities in its consolidated financial statements. Instead, the 
junior subordinated debentures are shown as liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets and interest expense associated 
with the junior subordinated debentures is shown as interest expense in the Company's consolidated statements of income. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

20.  PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. 
(Parent Company Only) 
BALANCE SHEETS 

December 31,  

  2004 

  2003 

(Dollars in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash ..................................................................... 
Investment in subsidiary ...................................... 
Investment in Prosperity Capital Trust I .............. 
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust II.......... 
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust III ........ 
Investment in Prosperity Statutory Trust IV ........ 
Investment in Paradigm Capital Trust II.............. 
Goodwill, net ....................................................... 
Other assets.......................................................... 
TOTAL ....................................................................... 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
LIABILITIES: 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities ...... 
Junior subordinated debentures ........................... 
Total liabilities .......................................... 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: 

Common stock ..................................................... 
Capital surplus. .................................................... 
Retained earnings................................................. 
Unrealized (loss) gain on available 

for sale securities, net of tax benefit and tax .....   

Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares 

Total shareholders' equity .......................... 

$  4,614 
 311,656 
-- 
464 
387 
387 
186 
3,983 
1,753 
$323,430 

$ 
359 
  47,424 
  47,783 

   22,418 
  134,288 
122,647 

(3,099 ) 
(607 ) 
 275,647 

TOTAL ....................................................................... 

$323,430 

$  14,398 
 259,284 
380 
464 
387 
387 
186 
3,983 
 245 
$279,714 

$ 
322 
  59,804 
  60,126 

  20,967 
 102,594 
  94,610 

 2,024   
 (607 ) 
 219,588 

$279,714 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. 
(Parent Company Only) 
STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

OPERATING INCOME: 

Dividends from subsidiaries..................... 
Other income............................................ 

Total income ................................... 

OPERATING EXPENSE: 

Junior subordinated debentures interest  

expense ................................................. 
Other expenses ......................................... 

Total operating expense ................. 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND 
  EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF 
  SUBSIDIARIES............................................. 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT ............... 

INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED 
  EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES.................. 
(DISTRIBUTIONS IN EXCESS OF EARNINGS)  
  EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS  
  OF SUBSIDIARIES.....................................  

2004 

 For the Years Ended December 31,  
2003 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2002 

$ 

40,000 
112 

40,112 

$ 

37,900 
79 

37,979 

$ 

18,350 
  66 

 18,416

4,046 
369 

4,415 

2,630 
278 

2,908 

2,170 
 174 

2,344

35,697   
1,498 

35,071   
990 

16,072 
797 

37,195   

 36,061   

16,869 

(2,488 ) 

(9,513) 

 4,452 

NET INCOME ................................................... 

 $ 

34,707 

$ 

26,548 

 $ 

21,321 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.

 ®

 AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued) 

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC. 
(Parent Company Only) 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

For the Years Ended December 31,  
  2003 

  2004 

  2002 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net income ....................................................  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income 

to net cash provided by operating activities: 
Equity in undistributed earnings 

of subsidiaries........................................  
Amortization of goodwill ..........................  
        (Increase) decrease in other assets. ............  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest 

 payable and other liabilities ..................  
Total adjustments.......................................  

Net cash provided by  

(Dollars in thousands) 

$  34,707 

$  26,548 

$  21,321 

2,488   

-- 

(1,508 ) 

37   
(1,017 ) 

9,513   

-- 
 369   

( 164 ) 
9,718    

    (4,452 )   

-- 
         268 

(43 ) 
 (4,227 ) 

operating activities.....................  

35,724   

36,266   

17,094 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
  Capital contribution to subsidiary..................  

Net cash used in 

investing activities  ....................  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Issuance of common stock.............................  

  Redemption of junior subordinated  

debentures (net) .........................................  
  Payments of cash dividends...........................  
  Cash paid to dissenting shareholders .............  
  Stock option compensation expense ..............  
  Cash paid for acquisitions..............................  
  Proceeds from issuance of junior 

subordinated debentures (net) ................  

Net cash used in by 

financing activities…………. 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE  IN CASH  
  AND CASH EQUIVALENTS. .....................  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING 
  OF PERIOD ..................................................  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF 
  PERIOD ........................................................  

(10 ) 

(10 ) 

--   

 --   

--    

-- 

1,047 

995 

260 

(12,000 ) 
(6,670 ) 
--   
141   
(28,016 ) 

-- 
 (4,855 ) 
--   
--   
(44,805 ) 

         -- 
(3,866 ) 
(3 ) 
-- 
    (24,789) 

--   

24,770   

     -- 

(45,498 ) 

(23,895 ) 

   (28,398)  

(9,784 ) 

12,371   

  (11,304)   

 14,398 

 2,027 

 433 

$ 

4,614 

$  14,398 

$ 

 2,027 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® Board of Directors
Ned S. Holmes
Chairman of the Board
James A. Bouligny
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S.
Robert H. Steelhammer

David Zalman
President & Chief Executive Officer
Charles A. Davis, Jr.
A. Virgil Pace, Jr.

H. E. (Tim) Timanus, Jr.
Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer
William H. Fagan, M. D.
Tracy T. Rudolph

Charles J. Howard, M. D.
Harrison Stafford II

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® Officers
left to right

David Zalman
President & Chief Executive Officer

David Hollaway, CPA
Chief Financial Officer

denise Urbanovsky
Corporate Secretary

H. E. (Tim) Timanus, Jr., 
Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer

Peter Fisher
General Counsel 

James D. (Dan) Rollins III
Senior Vice President

Prosperity Bank® Board of Directors
David Zalman
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
Peter Fisher
Vice Chairman & General Counsel
Errol John Dietze
Ned S. Holmes, Jr.
Jack Lord
Joseph B. Swinbank
Fred Zeidman

H. E. (Tim) Timanus, Jr.
President. & Chief Operating Officer
Edward Safady
Chairman, Austin Area Banking Centers, Austin
Leah Henderson
Clyde Lacy
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S.
D. R. (Tom) Uher
Jim Barta, Advisory Director

James D. (Dan) Rollins III
Vice Chairman
Gerald Clark

Ned S. Holmes
Mohammad Ladjevardian
Matthew W. Plummer, Jr., D.M.D. 
Joe Zalman, Jr.
Jason Downie, Advisory Director

Prosperity Bank® Executive Committee
David Zalman
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 

H. E. (Tim) Timanus, Jr.
President & Chief Operating Officer

Peter Fisher
Vice Chairman & General Counsel

David Hollaway, CPA
Chief Financial Officer

James D. (Dan) Rollins III
Vice Chairman

Randy D. Hester
Chief Lending Officer, President Brazoria County
Banking Centers, West Columbia
Donald A. Bolton, Jr.
President, South Texas Area Banking Centers,
Victoria

Robert L. Benter
President, Houston Area Banking Centers, 
Houston

Edward Safady
Chairman, Austin Area Banking Centers, 
Austin

Jay W. Porter, Jr.
President, North Houston Banking Centers, 
Houston

Mark D. Humphrey
President, Clear Lake & Hitchcock
Banking Centers, Houston

Thomas A. Miller
President, Wharton Banking Center, 
Wharton

Chris A. Bagley
Chief Credit Officer, President
Waugh Drive Banking Center, Houston

Delos (Deke) Hayes
President, Dallas Area Banking Centers, 
Dallas

Chris J. Delaup
President, River Oaks Banking Center, 
Houston
Randall Reeves
President, Downtown Banking Center, 
Houston

Investor information
Investor information

CORPORATE OFFICE
CORPORATE OFFICE
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bank Plaza
Prosperity Bank Plaza
4295 San Felipe
4295 San Felipe
Houston, TX 77027
Houston, TX 77027
Telephone (713) 693-9300
Telephone (713) 693-9300

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
Copies of the Company’s 2004 Annual Report 
Copies of the Company’s 2004 Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission will be mailed to share-
Exchange Commission will be mailed to share-
holders and other interested persons upon written
holders and other interested persons upon written
request to:
request to:

TRANSFER AGENT & REGISTRAR 
TRANSFER AGENT & REGISTRAR 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
Computershare Investor Services
Computershare Investor Services
350 Indiana Street, Suite 800
350 Indiana Street, Suite 800
Golden, CO 80041
Golden, CO 80041
Telephone (303) 262-0600
Telephone (303) 262-0600

James D. (Dan) Rollins III
James D. (Dan) Rollins III
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bank Plaza
Prosperity Bank Plaza
4295 San Felipe 
4295 San Felipe 
Houston, TX 77027
Houston, TX 77027

INVESTOR INQUIRIES 
INVESTOR INQUIRIES 
Analysts, investors, and others desiring 
Analysts, investors, and others desiring 
additional financial data about 
additional financial data about 
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® may contact:
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.® may contact:

James D. (Dan) Rollins III
James D. (Dan) Rollins III
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Prosperity Bank Plaza
Prosperity Bank Plaza
4295 San Felipe 
4295 San Felipe 
Houston, TX 77027
Houston, TX 77027
Telephone (713) 693-9300
Telephone (713) 693-9300
Facsimile (713) 693-9309
Facsimile (713) 693-9309

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Deloitte & Touche, L. L. P.
Deloitte & Touche, L. L. P.
333 Clay Street, Suite 2300
333 Clay Street, Suite 2300
Houston, TX 77002-4196
Houston, TX 77002-4196

COUNSEL
COUNSEL
Bracewell & Patterson, L. L. P.
Bracewell & Patterson, L. L. P.
711 Louisiana Street, Suite 2900
711 Louisiana Street, Suite 2900
Houston, TX 77002-2781
Houston, TX 77002-2781

COMMON STOCK LISTING
COMMON STOCK LISTING
Shares of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
Shares of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®
common stock are listed on the
common stock are listed on the
NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol PRSP.
NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol PRSP.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES LISTING
TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES LISTING
Shares of Paradigm Capital Trust II
Shares of Paradigm Capital Trust II
trust preferred securities are listed on the OTC 
trust preferred securities are listed on the OTC 
Bulletin Board under the symbol PDCTP.
Bulletin Board under the symbol PDCTP.

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc® is a registered financial holding company. Prosperity Bank®, its primary subsidiary, is a full-service bank that
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc® is a registered financial holding company. Prosperity Bank®, its primary subsidiary, is a full-service bank that
provides a full range of financial products and services to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers through fifty-eight (58)
provides a full range of financial products and services to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers through fifty-eight (58)
full-service banking locations in the Greater Houston Metropolitan area, the Dallas area, the Austin area, and in eight (8) contiguous
full-service banking locations in the Greater Houston Metropolitan area, the Dallas area, the Austin area, and in eight (8) contiguous
counties south and southwest of Houston, generally along the NAFTA Highway (US 59).
counties south and southwest of Houston, generally along the NAFTA Highway (US 59).

© Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®  2005
© Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.®  2005